Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Publishing / New York Times

New York Times

nyt · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker nyt
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Publishing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · New York Times
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
THE N EW YORK TI MES  COMPA NY

2014 ANNUAL REPORT

TO OUR FELLOW
SHAREHOLDERS,

This past year was an important one for The New York Times Company. In 2014 we further 

sharpened our focus on deriving benefit from our core brand, by working to broaden and deepen the 
audience for our New York Times journalism, which remains at the heart of our mission and the cornerstone 
of our business. 

We delivered modest overall revenue growth during the year, fueled by strong progress in digital 

advertising and continued expansion of subscription revenues. In fact, we delivered digital advertising 
growth for all four quarters in 2014 and, as a result, despite continued secular challenges in print advertising, 
saw the most encouraging year-over-year trend in total advertising since 2005. 

Digital advertising results benefited greatly from the introduction of Paid Posts, our native 

advertising solution, which, in addition to being an important financial contributor, also won critical 
acclaim. Our advertising department built the studio that creates Paid Posts, completely independent of our 
newsroom, and the work it does now delivers the brand promise of excellent Times quality content for our 
advertising and marketing clients. 

We’re also pleased with the progress we made this year in advertising sales associated with mobile 

and video. And we introduced innovative print advertising solutions that deliver value for our advertisers in 
a manner that only The Times can. Notably, we unveiled a panoramic advertising unit that wraps the whole 
paper and introduced Paid Posts in print with a special execution that delivered beautifully. In 2015 we 
intend to focus on continued advertising innovations across all platforms.

We had another good year in our digital consumer revenue business, finishing 2014 with 910,000 paid 

digital subscribers, an increase of 150,000 compared to the end of 2013. This puts us on track to exceed one 
million digital subscribers in 2015. 

Our journalists around the world continue to contribute mightily to our success and the excellence 
of their work remained undiminished in an incredible news year. Among the many honors received during 
2014 were two Pulitzer Prizes, the highest award in journalism. The recipients were:

•    Tyler Hicks for breaking news photography for his compelling pictures that showed skill and 

bravery in documenting the unfolding terrorist attack at Westgate mall in Kenya, and

•    Josh Haner for feature photography for his moving essay on a Boston Marathon bomb blast victim 

who lost most of both legs and is now painfully rebuilding his life.

In 2014, with the launch of NYT Now and NYT Cooking, we demonstrated that we have the 
capability to reach and engage new customers with great Times journalism packaged in different ways. NYT 
Now offers a faster way to get caught up on the news for users of our iPhone app and it has attracted a large 
group of younger readers that in many cases are completely new to The Times. Likewise, NYT Cooking is 
appealing to a similarly new group of readers by presenting The Times’s unmatched library of more than 
17,000 recipes with beautiful photography and sortable collections in an elegant and easy-to-use design. Both 
NYT Now and NYT Cooking were named among the best apps of 2014 by Apple. We will continue to look 
for new products and platforms to present our world-class journalism to an expanding audience.

And, expansion of our audience has become a key priority for The Times. As a result of our 
Innovation Report, published last spring, we have significantly increased our focus on further developing 
our strong and loyal readership and expanding the depth of their engagement with our content. We continue 
to believe that the best path to the deepest user engagement is great journalism and superb written and 
visual storytelling, and we’re putting more muscle behind ensuring that this journalism reaches readers on 
all digital platforms in all parts of the world. Success in this endeavor will benefit both of our digital revenue 
streams. 

 2014 annual report 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We also intend to invest — financially and in terms of time and attention — in those areas that we 

believe make The Times unique. This month we re-launched The New York Times Magazine with a new 
editorial vision and a strong advertising focus, and in April we will introduce a new men’s fashion and 
lifestyle section, our first new print section in 10 years, and one we believe will be well positioned to thrive 
and delight readers and advertisers.

While investing for growth, we will also continue to aggressively manage our costs. We have worked 

diligently to strengthen our balance sheet, and continue to do so, and ended 2014 in a strong financial position.

Tragically, we lost our colleague David Carr on February 12, 2015. David embodied Times values. 

His combination of formidable talent as a reporter and acute judgment made him an indispensable guide to 
modern media. He leaves behind a newsroom of colleagues dedicated to upholding his high journalistic ideals.

The mission of The New York Times Company is to improve the world through great journalism. We 
continue to believe that our adherence to that mission is our key differentiator in the marketplace and is very 
good for our business. Looking ahead, we will continue to capitalize on the strategies we have put in place 
to continue to grow our business, with an eye toward increasing shareholder value. We thank our Board 
members and our colleagues for their dedication and we thank you, our shareholders, for your loyal support. 
We look forward to a successful 2015.

Arthur Sulzberger, Jr.
Chairman

Mark Thompson
President and CEO

February 24, 2015

 2014 annual report 

 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014

Commission file number 1-5837

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
620 Eighth Avenue, New York, N.Y.
(Address of principal executive offices)

13-1102020
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
10018
(Zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 556-1234
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Class A Common Stock of $.10 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Not Applicable

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 

Act.     Yes  

No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 

Exchange Act.     Yes  

No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of 

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was 
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  

 No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, 

if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes  

No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained 
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller 
reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer           
Non-accelerated filer        

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange 

Act).    Yes 

     No 

The aggregate worldwide market value of Class A Common Stock held by non-affiliates, based on the closing 

price on June 27, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, as reported on 
the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $2.2 billion. As of such date, non-affiliates held 66,172 shares of Class 
B Common Stock. There is no active market for such stock.

The number of outstanding shares of each class of the registrant’s common stock as of February 19, 2015 
(exclusive of treasury shares), was as follows: 165,676,726 shares of Class A Common Stock and 816,635 shares of Class 
B Common Stock.
Documents incorporated by reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement relating to the registrant’s 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on 

May 6, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.

   
  
  
        
INDEX TO THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY 2014 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

ITEM NO.

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements
Business

1

Overview

Circulation and Audience

Advertising

Print Production and Distribution

Other Businesses

Forest Products Investments

Raw Materials

Competition

Employees and Labor Relations

Available Information

1A Risk Factors

1B Unresolved Staff Comments

2

3

Properties

Legal Proceedings

4 Mine Safety Disclosures

Executive Officers of the Registrant

PART II

5 Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder

Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

6

Selected Financial Data

7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

8

9

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure

9A Controls and Procedures

9B Other Information

PART III

10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

11

12

Executive Compensation

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management and Related Stockholder Matters

13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

14

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV 

15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

1
1

1

2

3

3

4

4

4

5

6

6
7

13

13

14

14

15

16

18

22

52

53

107

107

107

108

108

108

109

109

110

 
 
      PART I        

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the sections titled “Item 1A — Risk Factors” and “Item 7 —
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking 
statements that relate to future events or our future financial performance. We may also make written and oral 
forward-looking statements in our Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and otherwise. We have 
tried, where possible, to identify such statements by using words such as “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” 
“anticipate,” “will,” “could,” “project,” “plan” and similar expressions in connection with any discussion of future 
operating or financial performance. Any forward-looking statements are and will be based upon our then-current 
expectations, estimates and assumptions regarding future events and are applicable only as of the dates of such 
statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of 
new information, future events or otherwise.

By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results 

to differ materially from those anticipated in any such statements. You should bear this in mind as you consider 
forward-looking statements. Factors that we think could, individually or in the aggregate, cause our actual results to 
differ materially from expected and historical results include those described in “Item 1A — Risk Factors” below, as 
well as other risks and factors identified from time to time in our SEC filings.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

The New York Times Company (the “Company”) was incorporated on August 26, 1896, under the laws of the 
State of New York. The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to collectively in this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K as “we,” “our” and “us.”

We are a global media organization focused on creating, collecting and distributing high-quality news and 
information. Our continued commitment to premium content and journalistic excellence makes The New York Times 
brand a trusted source of news and information for readers and viewers across various media. Recognized widely for 
the quality of our reporting and content, our publications have been awarded many industry and peer accolades, 
including 114 Pulitzer Prizes and citations. 

The Company includes newspapers, digital businesses and investments in paper mills. We currently have one 

reportable segment with businesses that include:

•  The New York Times (“The Times”);

• 

the International New York Times (“INYT”);

•  our websites, NYTimes.com and international.nytimes.com; and

• 

related businesses, such as The Times news services division, digital archive distribution, our conferences 
business and other products and services under The Times brand.

We generate revenues principally from circulation and advertising. Circulation and advertising revenue 

information for the Company appears under “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations.” Revenues, operating profit and identifiable assets of our foreign operations are 
not significant.

The Times’s award-winning content is available in print, online and through other digital platforms. The 

Times’s print edition, a daily (Mon. – Sat.) and Sunday newspaper in the United States, commenced publication in 
1851. The NYTimes.com website was launched in 1996.

INYT is the international edition of The Times, tailored and edited for global audiences. First published in 2013, 
INYT succeeded the International Herald Tribune, a leading daily newspaper that commenced publishing in Paris in 
1887. INYT’s content is also available at international.nytimes.com.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 1

During 2014, the Company continued to focus on growing its digital business, while also making targeted 

investments in its print products. During the year, the Company introduced several new products, including NYT 
Now, a smartphone app targeted to a younger audience; Times Premier, a suite of exclusive online content and 
features offered to existing print and digital subscribers for an additional charge; and NYT Cooking, a collection of 
recipes and outstanding food journalism of The Times available on NYTimes.com and the iPad. NYT Now and NYT 
Cooking were named among the best apps of 2014 by Apple. We also made several investments in our print products, 
including a major redesign of The New York Times Magazine, which relaunched in early 2015. 

The Company sold the New England Media Group in 2013 and the Regional Media Group and the About 
Group in 2012.  The results of operations for these businesses have been presented as discontinued operations for all 
periods presented. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations” and Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding 
these discontinued operations.  

CIRCULATION AND AUDIENCE

Our content reaches a broad audience through our print products, online and through other digital media, 

including smartphone, tablet and e-reader applications.

Circulation revenues are based on the number of copies of the printed newspaper (through home-delivery 

subscriptions and single-copy and bulk sales) and digital subscriptions sold and the rates charged to the respective 
customers. Since 2011, we have charged consumers for content provided on NYTimes.com and other digital 
platforms. NYTimes.com’s metered model offers users free access to a set number of articles per month and then 
charges users who are not print home-delivery subscribers, once they exceed that number. All print home-delivery 
subscribers receive free digital access.

The Times had the largest daily and Sunday circulation of all seven-day newspapers in the United States for the 
six-month period ended September 30, 2014, according to data collected by the Alliance for Audited Media (“AAM”), 
an independent agency that audits circulation of most U.S. newspapers and magazines. 

For the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, The Times’s average print circulation (which includes paid and 

qualified circulation of the newspaper in print) was approximately 648,900 for weekday (Monday to Friday) and 
1,185,400 for Sunday. Under AAM’s reporting guidance, qualified circulation represents copies available for 
individual consumers that are either non-paid or paid by someone other than the individual, such as copies delivered 
to schools and colleges and copies purchased by businesses for free distribution. 

Average circulation for INYT (which includes paid circulation of the newspaper in print and electronic replica 

editions) for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2014, and December 29, 2013, was approximately 219,500 (estimated) 
and 220,500, respectively. These figures follow the guidance of Office de Justification de la Diffusion, an agency based 
in Paris and a member of the International Federation of Audit Bureaux of Circulations that audits the circulation of 
most newspapers and magazines in France. The final 2014 figure will not be available until April 2015.

According to comScore Media Metrix, an online audience measurement service, in 2014, NYTimes.com had a 

monthly average of approximately 31 million unique desktop/laptop visitors in the United States and approximately 
42 million unique desktop/laptop visitors worldwide. In addition, according to comScore Mobile Metrix, in 2014, we 
had a monthly average of approximately 28 million unique visitors to The Times on mobile devices in the United 
States.

Paid subscribers to digital-only subscription packages, e-readers and replica editions totaled approximately 

910,000 as of December 28, 2014, an increase of approximately 20% compared with December 29, 2013. This amount 
includes estimated paid subscribers through our group corporate and group education subscriptions (which 
collectively represent approximately 5% of total paid digital subscribers) and home-delivery subscribers who also 
subscribe to Times Premier (which represent approximately 2% of total paid digital subscribers). The number of paid 
subscribers through group subscriptions is derived using the value of the relevant contract and a discounted basic 
subscription rate. The actual number of users who have access to our products through group subscriptions is 
substantially higher.

P. 2 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ADVERTISING 

We have a comprehensive portfolio of advertising products and services that we provide across multiple 

platforms, including print, online and mobile. 

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2014, we divide our advertising revenue into three main categories: 

Display Advertising

Display advertising is principally from advertisers promoting products, services or brands, such as financial 

institutions, movie studios, department stores, American and international fashion and technology, in The Times and 
INYT.  In print, column-inch ads are priced according to established rates, with premiums for color and positioning. 
The Times had the largest market share in 2014 in print advertising revenue among a national newspaper set that 
consists of USA Today, The Wall Street Journal and The Times, according to MediaRadar, an independent agency that 
measures advertising sales volume and estimates advertising revenue. 

In digital, display advertising comprises banners, video, rich media and other interactive ads on our website 

and across other digital platforms. Advertisers pay for advertising based on a cost-per-thousand-impression, 
programmatic or flat rate, or through sponsorship fees.  

Display advertising also includes “Paid Posts,” a native advertising product on The Times’s platforms. The Paid 

Posts product allows advertisers to present longer form marketing content that is distinct from the Times’s editorial 
content. In 2014, display advertising (print and digital) represented approximately 91% of advertising revenues.

Classified Advertising

Classified advertising includes line ads sold in the major categories of real estate, help wanted, automotive and 
other. In print, classified advertisers pay on a per-line basis.  In digital, classified advertisers pay on either a per-listing 
basis for bundled listing packages, or as an add-on to their print ad.  In 2014, classified advertising (print and digital) 
represented approximately 6% of advertising revenues.

Other Advertising

Other advertising primarily includes creative services fees associated with our branded content studio; 

revenues from preprinted advertising, also known as free-standing inserts;  revenues generated from branded bags in 
which our newspapers are delivered; and advertising revenues from our News Services business. In 2014, other 
advertising (print and digital) represented approximately 3% of our advertising revenues.

Our businesses are affected in part by seasonal patterns in advertising, with generally higher advertising 

volume in the fourth quarter due to holiday advertising.

PRINT PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION

The Times is currently printed at our production and distribution facility in College Point, N.Y., as well as under 
contract at 27 remote print sites across the United States. The Times is delivered to newsstands and retail outlets in the 
New York metropolitan area through a combination of third-party wholesalers and our own drivers. In other markets in 
the United States and Canada, The Times is delivered through agreements with other newspapers and third-party 
delivery agents.

INYT is printed under contract at 39 sites throughout the world and is sold in 140 countries and territories. INYT 

is distributed through agreements with other newspapers and third-party delivery agents.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 3

OTHER BUSINESSES

Our other businesses primarily include:

•  The Times news services division, which transmits articles, graphics and photographs from The Times and 
other publications to over 1,900 newspapers, magazines and websites in over 100 countries and territories 
worldwide. It also comprises a number of other businesses that primarily include our online retail store, 
product licensing, book development and rights and permissions; 

•  The Company’s conferences business, which is a platform for our live journalism, convenes thought leaders 

from business, academia and government to discuss topics ranging from education to sustainability to the 
luxury business; and  

•  Digital archive distribution, which licenses electronic archive databases to resellers of that information in the 

business, professional and library markets.  

FOREST PRODUCTS INVESTMENTS 

We have non-controlling ownership interests in one newsprint company and one mill producing 

supercalendered paper, a polished paper used in some magazines, catalogs and preprinted inserts, which is a higher-
value grade than newsprint (the “Forest Products Investments”). These investments are accounted for under the 
equity method and reported in “Investments in joint ventures” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 
2014. For additional information on our investments, see “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We have a 49% equity interest in Donohue Malbaie Inc. (“Malbaie”), a Canadian newsprint company. The other 

51% is owned by Resolute FP Canada Inc., a subsidiary of Resolute Forest Products Inc. (“Resolute”), a Delaware 
corporation. Resolute is a large global manufacturer of paper, market pulp and wood products. Malbaie manufactures 
newsprint on the paper machine it owns within Resolute’s paper mill in Clermont, Quebec. Malbaie is wholly 
dependent upon Resolute for its pulp, which is purchased by Malbaie from Resolute’s Clermont paper mill. In 2014, 
Malbaie produced approximately 214,000 metric tons of newsprint, of which approximately 11% was sold to us, with 
the balance sold to Resolute for resale.

We have a 40% equity interest in Madison Paper Industries (“Madison”), a partnership operating a 

supercalendered paper mill in Madison, Maine. Our Company and UPM-Kymmene Corporation, a Finnish paper 
manufacturing company, are partners through subsidiary companies in Madison. The Company’s percentage 
ownership is through an 80%-owned consolidated subsidiary. UPM-Kymmene owns 60% of Madison, including a 
10% interest through a 20% noncontrolling interest in the consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Madison 
purchases the majority of its wood from local suppliers, mostly under long-term contracts. In 2014, Madison 
produced approximately 190,000 metric tons of supercalendered paper, of which approximately 4% was sold to us.

Malbaie and Madison are subject to comprehensive environmental protection laws, regulations and orders of 

provincial, federal, state and local authorities of Canada and the United States (the “Environmental Laws”). The 
Environmental Laws impose effluent and emission limitations and require Malbaie and Madison to obtain, and 
operate in compliance with the conditions of, permits and other governmental authorizations (“Governmental 
Authorizations”). Malbaie and Madison follow policies and operate monitoring programs designed to ensure 
compliance with applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations and to minimize exposure to 
environmental liabilities. Various regulatory authorities periodically review the status of the operations of Malbaie 
and Madison. Based on the foregoing, we believe that Malbaie and Madison are in substantial compliance with such 
Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations.

P. 4 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

RAW MATERIALS

The primary raw materials we use are newsprint and supercalendered and coated paper. We purchase 

newsprint from a number of North American producers. In 2014, the paper we used for our print products was 
purchased from both unrelated suppliers and related suppliers in which we hold equity interests (see “— Forest 
Products Investments”). A significant portion of newsprint is purchased from Resolute.

In 2014 and 2013, we used the following types and quantities of paper:

(In metric tons)

Newsprint

Supercalendered and Coated Paper(1)

2014

114,000

17,000

2013

119,000

17,200

(1)  The Times uses supercalendered and coated paper for The New York Times Magazine and T: The New York Times Style Magazine.

COMPETITION

Our print and digital products compete for advertising and consumers with other media in their respective 

markets, including paid and free newspapers, digital media, broadcast, satellite and cable television, broadcast and 
satellite radio, magazines, other forms of media and direct marketing. Competition for advertising is generally based 
upon audience levels and demographics, advertising rates, service, targeting capabilities and advertising results, 
while competition for consumer revenue and readership is generally based upon platform, format, content, quality, 
service, timeliness and price.

The Times newspaper competes for print advertising and circulation primarily with national newspapers such 
as The Wall Street Journal and USA Today; newspapers of general circulation in New York City and its suburbs; other 
daily and weekly newspapers and television stations and networks in markets in which The Times circulates; and 
some national news and lifestyle magazines. INYT newspaper’s key competitors include all international sources of 
English-language news, including The Wall Street Journal’s European and Asian Editions, the Financial Times, Time, 
Bloomberg Business Week and The Economist.

As our industry continues to experience a secular shift from print to digital media, our print and digital 
products face increasing competition for audience and advertising from a wide variety of digital alternatives, such as 
news and other information websites and digital applications, news aggregation sites, sites that cover niche content, 
social media platforms, digital advertising networks and exchanges, real-time bidding and other programmatic 
buying channels and other new forms of media. Developments in methods of distribution, such as applications for 
mobile phones, tablets and other devices, also increase competition for users and digital advertising revenues.

Our websites most directly compete for traffic and readership with other news and information websites and 

mobile applications. NYTimes.com faces competition from sources such as WSJ.com, Google News, Yahoo! News, 
huffingtonpost.com, MSNBC and CNN.com. Internationally, international.nytimes.com competes against 
international online sources of English-language news, including bbc.co.uk, guardian.co.uk, ft.com, 
huffingtonpost.com and reuters.com. For digital advertising revenues, we face competition from a wide range of 
companies offering competing products, such as other advertising-supported websites and mobile applications, 
including websites that provide platforms for classified advertisements, as well as search engines, social media sites 
and other Internet companies.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 5

EMPLOYEES AND LABOR RELATIONS

We had 3,588 full-time equivalent employees as of December 28, 2014.

As of December 28, 2014, approximately half of our full-time equivalent employees were represented by nine 

unions. The following is a list of collective bargaining agreements covering various categories of the Company’s 
employees and their corresponding expiration dates. As indicated below, one collective bargaining agreement has 
expired and negotiations for a new contract are ongoing. We cannot predict the timing or the outcome of these 
negotiations.

Employee Category

Paper handlers
Electricians
Machinists
Mailers
New York Newspaper Guild
Typographers
Pressmen
Stereotypers
Drivers

Expiration Date

March 30, 2014 (expired)
March 30, 2015
March 30, 2015
March 30, 2016
March 30, 2016
March 30, 2016
March 30, 2017
March 30, 2017
March 30, 2020

Approximately 130 of our full-time equivalent employees are located in France, and the terms and conditions of 

employment of those employees are established by a combination of French national labor law, industry-wide 
collective agreements and Company-specific agreements.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all 

amendments to those reports, and the Proxy Statement for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders are made available, 
free of charge, on our website at http://www.nytco.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports have 
been filed with or furnished to the SEC.

P. 6 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risk factors described below, as well as the other information included in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely 
affected by any or all of these risks, or by other risks or uncertainties not presently known or currently deemed 
immaterial, that may adversely affect us in the future. 

We face significant competition in all aspects of our business. 

We operate in a highly competitive environment.  Our print and digital products compete for advertising and 
circulation revenue with both traditional and new content providers.  This competition has intensified as a result of 
the continued development of new digital media technologies and new media providers offering online news and 
other content. Competition among companies offering online content is intense, and new competitors can quickly 
emerge. Some of our current and potential competitors may have greater resources or better competitive positions in 
certain areas than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to respond more effectively than us to new 
technologies and changes in market conditions. 

Our ability to compete effectively depends on many factors both within and beyond our control, including 

among others: 

•  our ability to continue to deliver high-quality journalism and content that is interesting and relevant to our 

audience;

•  our ability to monetize new and existing print and digital products;

• 

• 

• 

the popularity, usefulness, ease of use, performance, and reliability of our digital products compared with our 
competitors’ products;

the engagement of our readers with our print and digital products;

the maintenance and development of relevant print products in an environment that is increasingly digitally 
focused;

•  our ability to attract, retain, and motivate talented journalists and other employees and executives;

•  our ability to manage and grow our operations in a cost-effective manner; and

•  our reputation and brand strength relative to those of our competitors.

Our success depends on our ability to respond and adapt to changes in technology and consumer behavior.

Technology in the media industry continues to evolve rapidly. Advances in technology have led to an increasing 

number of methods for the delivery and consumption of news and other content. These developments are driving 
changes in consumer behavior as consumers seek more control over the ways in which they consume content. Unless 
we are able to use new and existing technologies to distinguish our products and services from those of our 
competitors and develop in a timely manner compelling new products and services that engage users across 
platforms, our business, financial condition and prospects may be adversely affected.

Changes in technology and consumer behavior pose a number of challenges that could adversely affect our 

revenues and competitive position. For example, among others: 

•  we may be unable to develop products for mobile devices or other digital platforms that consumers find 

engaging, that work with a variety of operating systems and networks and that achieve a high level of market 
acceptance;

• 

there may be changes in user sentiment about the quality or usefulness of our existing products;

•  news aggregation websites and customized news feeds may reduce our traffic levels by creating a 

disincentive for users to visit our websites or use our digital products;

• 

• 

failure to successfully manage changes in search engine optimization and social media traffic to increase our 
digital presence and visibility may reduce our traffic levels;

technical or other problems could prevent us from delivering our products in a rapid and reliable manner or 
otherwise affect the user experience;

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 7

•  new delivery platforms may lead to pricing restrictions, the loss of distribution control and the loss of a direct 

relationship with consumers;

•  mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets, may present challenges for traditional display 

advertising; and

• 

technology developed to block the display of advertising on websites could proliferate.

Responding to these changes may require significant investment. We may be limited in our ability to invest 

funds and resources in digital products, services or opportunities, and we may incur research and development costs 
in building, maintaining and evolving our technology infrastructure.

Our advertising revenues are affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions, audience fragmentation 
and evolving digital advertising market dynamics.

We derive substantial revenues from the sale of advertising in The Times and INYT and in our digital products. 
Advertising spending is sensitive to overall economic conditions, and our advertising revenues are adversely affected 
if advertisers respond to weak and uneven economic conditions by reducing their budgets or shifting spending 
patterns or priorities, or if they are forced to consolidate or cease operations.

In determining whether to buy advertising, our advertisers will consider the demand for our products, 

demographics of our reader base, advertising rates, results observed by advertisers, and alternative advertising 
options. The increasing number of digital media options available, through social networking tools and news 
aggregation websites, has expanded consumer choice significantly, resulting in audience fragmentation and increased 
competition for advertising.

Print advertising revenue represented approximately 73% of our total 2014 advertising revenues. However, the 

advertising industry continues to experience a secular shift toward digital advertising, which is less expensive and 
can offer more directly measurable returns than traditional print media. Because rates for digital advertising are 
generally lower than for traditional print advertising, our digital advertising revenue may not replace in full print 
advertising revenue lost as a result of the shift. In addition, growing consumer reliance on mobile devices exacerbates 
rate pressure, as rates for digital advertising are generally lower on mobile devices than on personal computers. 
Mobile advertising is a new and rapidly evolving market. If we are unable to grow revenues generated from mobile 
devices through the development of advertising products that are accepted by marketers and consumers, our 
advertising revenues will be adversely affected.

Digital advertising networks and exchanges, real-time bidding and other programmatic buying channels that 

allow advertisers to buy audiences at scale are also playing a more significant role in the advertising marketplace and 
causing downward pricing pressure.  In addition, increased inventory in the digital marketplace and evolving 
standards for delivery of digital advertising, such as viewability, could adversely affect advertising revenues. 

The inability of the Company to retain and grow our subscriber base could adversely affect our results of operations 
and business.

Circulation revenue comprises a majority of our total revenue. In recent years, we have experienced declining 

print circulation volume. This is primarily due to increased competition from digital media formats and sources other 
than traditional newspapers (which are often free to users), higher subscription rates and a growing preference 
among certain consumers to receive all or a portion of their news from sources other than a newspaper. If we are 
unable to offset continued revenue declines resulting from falling print circulation volume with revenue from home-
delivery price increases, then our print circulation revenue will be adversely affected. 

Digital subscriptions for content provided on NYTimes.com and other digital platforms generate substantial 

revenue for us. Our future growth depends upon our ability to retain and grow our digital subscription base and 
audience. To do so will require us to evolve our digital subscription model, address changing consumer requirements 
and develop and improve our digital products while continuing to deliver high-quality journalism and content that is 
interesting and relevant to our audience. There is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain and 
increase our digital audience or that we will be able to do so without taking steps such as reducing pricing or 
increasing costs that would affect our margin or profitability. 

P. 8 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

If we are unable to execute cost-control measures successfully, our total operating costs may be greater than 
expected, which would adversely affect our profitability.

Over the last several years, we have taken steps to reduce operating costs by reducing staff and employee 

benefits and implementing general cost-control measures across the Company, and we plan to continue these cost 
management efforts. If we do not achieve expected savings or our operating costs increase as a result of investments 
in strategic initiatives, our total operating costs would be greater than anticipated. In addition, if we do not manage 
our costs properly, such efforts may affect the quality of our products and our ability to generate future revenues. 
Reductions in staff and employee compensation and benefits could also adversely affect our ability to attract and 
retain key employees.

Significant portions of our expenses are fixed costs that neither increase nor decrease proportionately with 
revenues. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to manage our costs or to make changes to our 
business strategy may be limited by certain of our collective bargaining agreements. If we are not able to implement 
further cost-control efforts or reduce our fixed costs sufficiently in response to a decline in our revenues, this could 
adversely affect our results of operations.

Security breaches and other network and information systems disruptions could affect our ability to conduct our 
business effectively. 

Our online systems store and process confidential subscriber, employee and other sensitive personal data, and 

therefore maintaining our network security is of critical importance. The security of these network and information 
systems and other technologies is important to our business activities. We use third-party technology and systems for 
a variety of operations, including encryption and authentication technology, employee email, domain name 
registration, content delivery to customers, back-office support and other functions. Our systems, and those of third 
parties upon which our business relies, may be vulnerable to interruption or damage that can result from natural 
disasters, fires, power outages, acts of terrorism or other similar events, or from deliberate attacks such as computer 
hacking, computer viruses, worms or other destructive or disruptive software, process breakdowns, denial of service 
attacks, malicious social engineering or other malicious activities, or any combination of the foregoing. 

Despite the security measures we and our third-party service providers have taken, our computer systems, and 

those of our vendors, have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to attack. We have implemented controls and 
taken other preventative measures designed to strengthen our systems against attacks, including measures designed 
to reduce the impact of a security breach at our third-party vendors. Although the costs of the controls and other 
measures we have taken to date have not had a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or 
liquidity, there can be no assurance as to the cost of additional controls and measures that we may conclude are 
necessary in the future.

There can also be no assurance that the actions, measures and controls we have implemented will be effective 

against future attacks or be sufficient to prevent a future security breach or other disruption to our network or 
information systems, or those of our third-party providers. Such an event could result in a disruption of our services 
or improper disclosure of personal data or confidential information, which could harm our reputation, require us to 
expend resources to remedy such a security breach or defend against further attacks, divert management’s attention 
and resources or subject us to liability under laws that protect personal data, resulting in increased operating costs or 
loss of revenue.

Our international operations expose us to risks inherent in foreign operations.

We are focused on expanding the international scope of our operations. We face the inherent risks associated 

with doing business abroad, including:

•  effectively managing and staffing foreign operations, including complying with diverse local labor laws and 

regulations;

•  navigating local customs and practices;

• 

responding to government policies that restrict the digital flow of information;

•  protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights under varying legal regimes;

• 

complying with international laws and regulations, including those governing the collection, use, retention, 
sharing and security of consumer data;

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 9

•  addressing political or social instability;

•  adapting to currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

• 

complying with restrictions on repatriation of funds.

Adverse developments in any of these areas could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition 

and results of operations. In addition, we have limited experience in operating and marketing our products in new 
international regions and could be at a disadvantage compared to competitors with more experience.

The underfunded status of our pension plans may adversely affect our operations, financial condition and liquidity. 

We maintain qualified defined benefit pension plans. In addition, although we sold the New England Media 
Group in 2013 and the Regional Media Group in 2012, we retained pension assets and liabilities and postretirement 
obligations related to employees of those businesses. As a result, and although we have frozen participation and 
benefits under all but two of the qualified pension plans we maintain, our results of operations will be affected by the 
amount of income or expense we record for, and the contributions we are required to make to, these plans. 

Pension income and expense is calculated using a number of actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect 
assumptions about mortality, as well as financial markets and other economic conditions, which may change based on 
changes in key economic indicators. The most significant year-end assumptions we use to estimate pension expense 
are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets. Our qualified defined benefit 
pension plans were underfunded by approximately $264 million as of December 28, 2014. We are required to make 
contributions to our qualified defined benefit pension plans to comply with minimum funding requirements imposed 
by laws governing those plans. A decrease in the discount rate used to determine the liabilities for pension obligations 
may result in increased contributions. 

Failure to achieve expected returns on plan assets driven by various factors, including a continued environment 

of low interest rates or sustained volatility and disruption in the stock and bond markets, could also result in an 
increase in the amount of cash we would be required to contribute to these pension plans. In addition, unfavorable 
changes in underlying assumptions or applicable laws or regulations could materially change the timing and amount 
of required plan funding. As a result, we may have less cash available for working capital and other corporate uses, 
which may have an adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Our participation in multiemployer pension plans may subject us to liabilities that could materially adversely affect 
our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. 

We participate in, and make periodic contributions to, various multiemployer pension plans that cover many of 

our current and former union employees. Our required contributions to these plans could increase because of a 
shrinking contribution base as a result of the insolvency or withdrawal of other companies that currently contribute to 
these plans, the inability or failure of withdrawing companies to pay their withdrawal liability, low interest rates, 
lower than expected returns on pension fund assets or other funding deficiencies. Our withdrawal liability for any 
multiemployer pension plan will depend on the nature and timing of any triggering event and the extent of that 
plan’s funding of vested benefits. If a multiemployer pension plan in which we participate has significant 
underfunded liabilities, such underfunding will increase the size of our potential withdrawal liability. In addition, 
under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, special funding rules apply to multiemployer pension plans that are 
classified as “endangered,” “seriously endangered,” or “critical” status. If plans in which we participate are in critical 
status, benefit reductions may apply and/or we could be required to make additional contributions. If, in the future, 
we elect to withdraw from these plans or if we trigger a partial withdrawal due to declines in contribution base units, 
additional liabilities would need to be recorded that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We have recorded significant withdrawal liabilities with respect to multiemployer pension plans in which we 
formerly participated, primarily in connection with the sales of the New England and the Regional Media Groups. 
Until demand letters from some of the multiemployer plans’ trustees are received, the exact amount of the 
withdrawal liability will not be fully known and, as such, a difference from the recorded estimate could have an 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, in the event a mass 
withdrawal is deemed to have occurred at any of these plans, we may be required to make additional contributions 
under applicable law.

P. 10 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

A significant number of our employees are unionized, and our business and results of operations could be adversely 
affected if labor agreements were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. 

Approximately half of our full-time equivalent work force is unionized. As a result, we are required to negotiate 

the wages, salaries, benefits, staffing levels and other terms with many of our employees collectively. Our results 
could be adversely affected if future labor negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the 
efficiency of our operations. If we are unable to negotiate labor contracts on reasonable terms, or if we were to 
experience labor unrest or other business interruptions in connection with labor negotiations or otherwise, our ability 
to produce and deliver our products could be impaired. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to 
control compensation and benefits costs, change our strategy or otherwise adapt to changing business needs may be 
limited by the terms and duration of our collective bargaining agreements.

Our brand and reputation are key assets of the Company, and negative perceptions or publicity could adversely affect 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.  

The New York Times brand is a key asset of the Company, and our continued success depends on our ability to 
preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand. We believe that we have a very powerful and trusted brand with 
an excellent reputation for high-quality journalism and content. This reputation could be damaged by incidents that 
erode consumer trust. Our reputation could also be damaged by failures of third-party vendors we rely on in many 
contexts. To the extent consumers perceive the quality of our products to be less reliable or our reputation is damaged, 
our revenues and profitability could be adversely affected.

A significant increase in the price of newsprint, or significant disruptions in our newsprint supply chain, would have 
an adverse effect on our operating results.

The cost of raw materials, of which newsprint is the major component, represented approximately 6% of our 

total operating costs in 2014. The price of newsprint has historically been volatile and may increase as a result of 
various factors, including a reduction in the number of suppliers due to restructurings, bankruptcies and 
consolidations; declining newsprint supply as a result of paper mill closures and conversions to other grades of paper; 
and other factors that adversely impact supplier profitability, including increases in operating expenses caused by 
raw material and energy costs, and currency volatility.

In addition, we rely on our suppliers for deliveries of newsprint. The availability of our newsprint supply may 

be affected by various factors, including labor unrest, transportation issues and other disruptions that may affect 
deliveries of newsprint.

If newsprint prices increase significantly or we experience significant disruptions in the availability of our 

newsprint supply in the future, our operating results will be adversely affected.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our debt agreements contain various covenants that limit our flexibility in operating our businesses, including 

our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. Subject to certain exceptions, these covenants restrict our 
ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to, among other things:

• 

incur or guarantee additional debt or issue certain preferred equity;

•  pay dividends on or make distributions to holders of our common stock or make other restricted payments;

• 

create or incur liens on certain assets to secure debt;

•  make certain investments, acquisitions or dispositions;

• 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and

•  enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

Our credit ratings, as well as general macroeconomic conditions, may affect our liquidity by increasing borrowing 
costs and limiting our financing options.

Our long-term debt is currently rated below investment grade by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s Investors 

Service. If our credit ratings remain below investment grade or are lowered further, borrowing costs for future long-
term debt or short-term borrowing facilities may increase and our financing options, including our access to the 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 11

unsecured borrowing market, would be limited. We may also be subject to additional restrictive covenants that would 
reduce our flexibility. 

In addition, macroeconomic conditions, such as continued or increased volatility or disruption in the credit 

markets, could adversely affect our ability to refinance existing debt or obtain additional financing to support 
operations or to fund new acquisitions or other capital-intensive initiatives.

Our Class B Common Stock is principally held by descendants of Adolph S. Ochs, through a family trust, and this 
control could create conflicts of interest or inhibit potential changes of control.

We have two classes of stock: Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. Holders of Class A Common 

Stock are entitled to elect 30% of the Board of Directors and to vote, with holders of Class B Common Stock, on the 
reservation of shares for equity grants, certain material acquisitions and the ratification of the selection of our 
auditors. Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to elect the remainder of the Board and to vote on all other 
matters. Our Class B Common Stock is principally held by descendants of Adolph S. Ochs, who purchased The Times 
in 1896. A family trust holds approximately 90% of the Class B Common Stock. As a result, the trust has the ability to 
elect 70% of the Board of Directors and to direct the outcome of any matter that does not require a vote of the Class A 
Common Stock. Under the terms of the trust agreement, the trustees are directed to retain the Class B Common Stock 
held in trust and to vote such stock against any merger, sale of assets or other transaction pursuant to which control of 
The Times passes from the trustees, unless they determine that the primary objective of the trust can be achieved 
better by the implementation of such transaction. Because this concentrated control could discourage others from 
initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transaction that may otherwise be beneficial to our 
businesses, the market price of our Class A Common Stock could be adversely affected.

Our business may suffer if we cannot protect our intellectual property. 

Our business depends on our intellectual property, including our valuable brands, content, services and 

internally developed technology. We believe our proprietary trademarks and other intellectual property rights are 
important to our continued success and our competitive position. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or 
otherwise unlawfully obtain and use our content, services, technology and other intellectual property, and we cannot 
be certain that the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights will prevent any misappropriation or 
confusion among consumers and merchants, or unauthorized use of these rights.

Advancements in technology have made the unauthorized duplication and wide dissemination of content 

easier, making the enforcement of intellectual property rights more challenging. In addition, as our business and the 
risk of misappropriation of our intellectual property rights have become more global in scope, we may not be able to 
protect our proprietary rights in a cost-effective manner in a multitude of jurisdictions with varying laws.

If we are unable to procure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights, including maintaining and 

monetizing our intellectual property rights to our content, we may not realize the full value of these assets, and our 
business and profitability may suffer. In addition, if we must litigate in the United States or elsewhere to enforce our 
intellectual property rights or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, such litigation may 
be costly and divert the attention of our management.

We have been, and may be in the future, subject to claims of intellectual property infringement that could adversely 
affect our business.

We periodically receive claims from third parties alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violations of 

their intellectual property rights. These third parties often include patent holding companies seeking to monetize 
patents they have purchased or otherwise obtained through asserting claims of infringement or misuse. Even if we 
believe that these claims of intellectual property infringement are without merit, defending against the claims can be 
time-consuming, be expensive to litigate or settle, and cause diversion of management attention.

These intellectual property infringement claims may require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on 

unfavorable terms, use more costly alternative technology or otherwise incur substantial monetary liability. 
Additionally, these claims may require us to significantly alter certain of our operations. The occurrence of any of 
these events as a result of these claims could result in substantially increased costs or otherwise adversely affect our 
business.

P. 12 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions could adversely affect our costs, revenues, profitability and 
financial position.

In order to position our business to take advantage of growth opportunities, we conduct discussions, evaluate 

opportunities and enter into agreements for possible acquisitions, divestitures, investments and other transactions. 
We routinely evaluate our portfolio of businesses and may, as a result, buy or sell different properties. For example, in 
2013, we completed the sale of the New England Media Group and our 49% equity interest in Metro Boston. We may 
also consider the acquisition of specific properties, businesses or technologies that fall outside our traditional lines of 
business and diversify our portfolio, including those that may operate in new and developing industries, if we deem 
such properties sufficiently attractive.

Acquisitions or divestitures affect our costs, revenues, profitability and financial condition. Acquisitions involve 

significant risks, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations, diversion of management resources, debt 
incurred in financing these acquisitions (including the related possible reduction in our credit ratings and increase in 
our cost of borrowing), differing levels of management and internal control effectiveness at the acquired entities and 
other unanticipated problems and liabilities. Competition for certain types of acquisitions, particularly digital 
properties, is significant. Even if successfully negotiated, closed and integrated, certain acquisitions or investments 
may prove not to advance our business strategy and may fall short of expected return on investment targets, which 
would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Legislative and regulatory developments may result in increased costs and lower revenues from our digital 
businesses.

Our digital businesses are subject to government regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate, and our 
websites, which are available worldwide, may be subject to laws regulating the Internet even in jurisdictions where 
we do not do business. We may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and 
regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Revenues from our digital businesses could be adversely affected, 
directly or indirectly, in particular by existing or future laws and regulations relating to online privacy (including the 
evolving right to be forgotten) and the collection and use of consumer data in digital media.

Adverse results from litigation or governmental investigations can impact our business practices and operating 
results.

From time to time, we are party to litigation and regulatory, environmental and other proceedings with 
governmental authorities and administrative agencies. See “Legal Proceedings” regarding certain matters. Adverse 
outcomes in lawsuits or investigations could result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief that could 
adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition as well as our ability to conduct our business as it is 
presently being conducted.  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices are located in our New York headquarters building in the Times Square area. 

The building was completed in 2007 and consists of approximately 1.54 million gross square feet, of which 
approximately 828,000 gross square feet of space have been allocated to us. We owned a leasehold condominium 
interest representing approximately 58% of the New York headquarters building until March 2009, when we entered 
into an agreement to sell and simultaneously lease back 21 floors, or approximately 750,000 rentable square feet, 
currently occupied by us (the “Condo Interest”). The sale price for the Condo Interest was $225.0 million. We have an 
option exercisable in 2019 to repurchase the Condo Interest for $250.0 million. The lease term is 15 years, and we have 
three renewal options that could extend the term for an additional 20 years. We continue to own a leasehold 
condominium interest in seven floors in our New York headquarters building, totaling approximately 216,000 
rentable square feet that were not included in the sale-leaseback transaction, all of which are currently leased to third 
parties.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 13

In addition, we have a printing and distribution facility with 570,000 gross square feet located in College Point, 

N.Y., on a 31-acre site owned by the City of New York for which we have a ground lease. We have an option to 
purchase the property at any time before the lease ends in 2019 for $6.9 million. We also currently own other 
properties with an aggregate of approximately 2,200 gross square feet and lease other properties with an aggregate of 
approximately 269,200 rentable square feet in various locations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in various legal actions incidental to our business that are now pending against us. These 

actions are generally for amounts greatly in excess of the payments, if any, that may be required to be made. It is the 
opinion of management after reviewing these actions with our legal counsel that the ultimate liability that might 
result from these actions would not have a material adverse effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Newspaper and Mail Deliverers – Publishers’ Pension Fund

In September 2013, the Newspaper and Mail Deliverers - Publishers’ Pension Fund (the “Fund”) assessed a 

partial withdrawal liability to the Company in the amount of $26 million for the plan years ending May 31, 2012 and 
2013, an amount that was increased to approximately $34 million in December 2014, when the Fund issued a revised 
partial withdrawal liability assessment for the plan year ending May 31, 2013.   The Fund claims that when City & 
Suburban, a retail and newsstand distribution subsidiary of the Company and the largest contributor to the Fund, 
ceased operations in 2009, it triggered a decline of more than 70% in contribution base units in each of these two plan 
years.  The Company disagrees with both the Fund’s determination that a partial withdrawal occurred and the 
methodology by which it calculated the withdrawal liability and has initiated arbitration proceedings. We do not 
believe that a loss is probable on this matter and have not recorded a loss contingency for the period ended December 
28, 2014.

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation

In February 2014, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) notified us that it believed the Company 

had a triggering event under Section 4062(e) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended 
(“ERISA”), with respect to The Boston Globe Retirement Plan for Employees Represented by the Boston Newspaper 
Guild (the “Boston Globe Plan”) and The New York Times Companies Pension Plan on account of the Company’s sale 
of the New England Media Group. 

In June 2014, the PBGC voluntarily withdrew its claim with respect to The New York Times Companies Pension 
Plan. In December 2014, Congress enacted major changes to Section 4062(e) of ERISA. In light of this amendment, the 
Company believes that it has no Section 4062(e) liability with respect to the Boston Globe Plan.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

P. 14 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Name

Arthur Sulzberger, Jr.

Mark Thompson

Michael Golden

James M. Follo

R. Anthony Benten

Kenneth A. Richieri

Age

63

57

65

55

51

63

Employed By
Registrant Since
1978

2012

1984

2007

1989

1983

Recent Position(s) Held as of February 24, 2015
Chairman (since 1997) and Publisher of The Times (since
1992); Chief Executive Officer (2011 to 2012)

President and Chief Executive Officer (since 2012); Director-
General, British Broadcasting Corporation (“BBC”) (2004 to
2012); Chief Executive, Channel 4 Television Corporation
(2002 to 2004); and various positions of increasing
responsibility at the BBC (1979 to 2001)

Vice Chairman (since 1997); President and Chief Operating
Officer, Regional Media Group (2009 to 2012); Publisher of
the International Herald Tribune (2003 to 2008); Senior Vice
President (1997 to 2004)

Executive Vice President (since March 2013) and Chief
Financial Officer (since 2007); Senior Vice President (2007 to
March 2013); Chief Financial and Administrative Officer,
Martha Stewart Living Omnimedia, Inc. (2001 to 2006)

Senior Vice President, Finance (since 2008) and Corporate
Controller (since 2007); Vice President (2003 to 2008);
Treasurer (2001 to 2007)

Executive Vice President (since March 2013) and General
Counsel (since 2006); Senior Vice President (2007 to March
2013); Secretary (2008 to 2011); Vice President (2002 to 2007);
Deputy General Counsel (2001 to 2005); Vice President and
General Counsel, New York Times Digital (1999 to 2003)

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 15

PART II        

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

The Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The Class B Common Stock is unlisted 

and is not actively traded.

The number of security holders of record as of February 19, 2015, was as follows: Class A Common Stock: 6,637; 

Class B Common Stock: 26.

In September 2013, we announced the initiation of a quarterly dividend in which both classes of our common 
stock participate equally. Since then, we have paid quarterly dividends of $0.04 per share on the Class A and Class B 
Common Stock. We currently expect to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future, although changes in 
our dividend program will be considered by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, capital requirements, 
financial condition and other factors considered relevant. In addition, our Board of Directors will consider restrictions 
in any existing indebtedness, such as the terms of our 6.625% senior unsecured notes due 2016, which restrict our 
ability to pay dividends. See also “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations — Executive Overview — Our Strategy” and “— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Third-
Party Financing.”

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing sales prices for the Class A 

Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

Quarters

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

Fourth Quarter

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES(1)

2014

2013

High

Low

High

$

16.81

$

13.75

$

10.13

$

17.26

15.61

13.61

14.64

11.46

11.22

11.06

12.66

15.47

Low

8.18

8.73

11.06

11.94

Period

September 29, 2014 - November 2, 2014

November 3, 2014 - November 30, 2014

December 1, 2014 - December 28, 2014

Total for the fourth quarter of 2014

Total number of
shares of Class A
Common Stock
purchased
(a)

Average
price paid
per share of
Class A
Common Stock
(b)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Maximum 
number (or
approximate
dollar value)
of shares of
Class A
Common
Stock that may
yet be
purchased
under the plans
or programs
(d)

Total number of
shares of Class A
Common Stock
purchased
as part of
publicly
announced plans
or programs
(c)

—

—

—

—

$

$

$

$

91,386,000

91,386,000

91,386,000

91,386,000

(1)  On April 13, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized repurchases in an amount up to $400 million of our Class A Common Stock. As of 

December 28, 2014, approximately $91.4 million remained under this authorization. On January 13, 2015, the Board of Directors terminated this 
authorization and approved a new repurchase authorization of $101.1 million, equal to the cash proceeds received by the Company from an 
exercise of warrants. As of February 19, 2015, approximately $101.1 million remained under this authorization. Our Board of Directors has 
authorized us to purchase shares from time to time as market conditions permit. There is no expiration date with respect to this authorization.

P. 16 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION 

The following graph shows the annual cumulative total stockholder return for the five fiscal years ending 
December 28, 2014, on an assumed investment of $100 on December 27, 2009, in the Company, the Standard & Poor’s 
S&P 400 MidCap Stock Index and the Standard & Poor’s S&P 1500 Publishing and Printing Index. Stockholder return 
is measured by dividing (a) the sum of (i) the cumulative amount of dividends declared for the measurement period, 
assuming reinvestment of dividends, and (ii) the difference between the issuer’s share price at the end and the 
beginning of the measurement period, by (b) the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. As a result, 
stockholder return includes both dividends and stock appreciation.

Stock Performance Comparison Between the S&P 400 Midcap Index, S&P 1500 Publishing & Printing Index 

and The New York Times Company’s Class A Common Stock

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 17

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the 
related Notes in Item 8. The results of operations for the New England Media Group, which was sold in 2013, as well 
as for the Regional Media Group and the About Group, which were sold in 2012, have been presented as discontinued 
operations for all periods presented (see Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). The pages 
following the table show certain items included in Selected Financial Data. All per share amounts on those pages are 
on a diluted basis. Fiscal year 2012 comprises 53 weeks and all other fiscal years presented in the table below 
comprise 52 weeks.

As of and for the Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

December 25,
2011

December 26,
2010

(52 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

(53 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

$

1,588,528

$

1,577,230

$

1,595,341

$

1,554,574

$

1,556,839

1,484,505

1,411,744

1,441,410

1,411,652

1,422,173

2,550

9,525

—

—

—

—

3,228

6,171

—

—

91,948

156,087

—

—

(8,368)

—

53,730

29,850

33,391

—

—

(3,215)

—

58,073

94,799

56,907

—

47,657

—

2,620

—

103,654

220,275

5,500

2,936

—

62,808

258,557

163,940

—

—

4,228

4,500

7,458

126,736

71,171

—

(270)

46,381

85,243

66,013

44,596

(1,086)

7,949

(27,927)

(82,799)

—

—

6,268

—

—

128,398

9,128

—

18,652

—

85,052

71,126

51,745

58,909

33,307

$

65,105

$

135,847

$

(37,648) $

109,640

981,170

$

1,023,780

$

959,754

$

279,997

$

665,758

2,566,474

650,120

713,356

2,572,552

684,163

773,469

2,807,470

696,875

837,595

2,887,367

773,120

399,642

891,470

3,297,401

996,384

726,328

842,910

662,325

533,678

680,360

(In thousands)

Statement of Operations Data

Revenues

Operating costs

Early termination charge

Pension settlement expense

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Other expenses

Impairment of assets

Operating profit

Gain on sale of investments

Impairment of investments

(Loss)/income from joint ventures

Premium on debt redemption

Interest expense, net

Income from continuing operations before
income taxes

Income from continuing operations, net of
income taxes

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net
of income taxes

Net income/(loss) attributable to The New York
Times Company common stockholders

Balance Sheet Data

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities

Property, plant and equipment, net

Total assets

Total debt and capital lease obligations

Total New York Times Company stockholders’
equity

$

$

P. 18 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
(In thousands, except ratios, per share
and employee data)

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

December 25,
2011

December 26,
2010

(52 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

(53 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

(52 Weeks)

As of and for the Years Ended

Per Share of Common Stock

Basic earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders:

0.23

$

0.38

$

1.11

$

0.31

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders: 

(0.01)

0.22

$

0.05

0.43

$

(0.19)

0.92

0.21

$

0.36

$

1.07

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

Net income/(loss)

$

$

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations,
net of income taxes

Net income/(loss)

Dividends declared per share

New York Times Company stockholders’ equity
per share

$

$

$

$

Average basic shares outstanding

Average diluted shares outstanding

Key Ratios

Operating profit to revenues

Return on average common stockholders’
equity

Return on average total assets

Total debt and capital lease obligations to total
capitalization

Current assets to current liabilities

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

Full-Time Equivalent Employees

(0.01)

0.20

0.16

4.50

$

$

$

0.05

0.41

0.08

5.34

$

$

$

150,673

161,323

149,755

157,774

6%

4%

1%

47%

1.91

1.67

3,588

10%

9%

2%

45%

3.36

2.58

3,529

$

$

(0.18)

0.89

$

— $

(0.57)

(0.26)

0.30

(0.55)

(0.25)

—

4.34

$

3.51

148,147

152,693

147,190

152,007

6%

23%

5%

51%

3.30

4.94

5,363

8 %

(6)%

(1)%

59%

2.67

1.76

7,273

$

$

$

$

$

$

0.35

0.40

0.75

0.33

0.39

0.72

—

4.46

145,636

152,600

8%

17%

3%

59%

3.35

1.65

7,414

The items below are included in the Selected Financial Data.

2014

The items below had a net unfavorable effect on our results from continuing operations of $35.1 million, or $.22 

per share:

•  $36.7 million of expenses ($21.7 million after tax, or $.13 per share) for non-operating retirement costs.

•  a $36.1 million pre-tax charge ($21.4 million after tax, or $.13 per share) for severance costs.

•  a $21.1 million income tax benefit ($.13 per share) primarily due to reductions in the Company’s reserve for 

uncertain tax positions.

•  a $9.5 million pre-tax pension settlement charge ($5.7 million after tax, or $.04 per share) in connection with 

lump-sum payments made under an immediate pension benefits offer to certain former employees.

•  a $9.2 million pre-tax charge ($5.9 million after tax or $.04 per share) for the impairment related to the 

Company’s investment in a joint venture.

•  a $2.6 million pre-tax charge ($1.5 million after tax, or $.01 per share) for the early termination of a 

distribution agreement, which will result in distribution cost savings for the Company in future periods.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 19

 
2013 

The items below had a net unfavorable effect on our results from continuing operations of $25.2 million, or $.16 

per share:

•  $20.8 million of expenses ($12.3 million after tax, or $.08 per share) for non-operating retirement costs.

•  a $12.4 million pre-tax charge ($7.3 million after tax, or $.05 per share) for severance costs.

•  a $6.2 million pre-tax charge ($3.7 million after tax, or $.02 per share) for a partial withdrawal obligation 

under a multiemployer pension plan.

•  a $3.2 million pre-tax pension settlement charge ($1.9 million after tax, or $.01 per share) in connection with 

lump-sum payments under an immediate pension benefit offer to certain former employees. 

2012 (53-week fiscal year)  

The items below had a net favorable effect on our results from continuing operations of $69.2 million, or $.45 

per share:

•  a $220.3 million pre-tax gain ($134.7 million after tax, or $.87 per share) on the sales of our ownership interest 

in Indeed.com and our remaining units in Fenway Sports Group.

•  a $47.7 million pre-tax pension settlement charge ($27.7 million after tax, or $.18 per share) in connection with 

lump-sum payments made under an immediate pension benefit offer to certain former employees. 

•  $44.5 million of expenses ($25.9 million after tax, or $.17 per share) for non-operating retirement costs.

•  a $12.3 million pre-tax charge ($7.2 million after tax, or $.04 per share) for severance costs.

•  a $5.5 million pre-tax, non-cash charge ($3.2 million after tax, or $.02 per share) for the impairment of certain 
investments, primarily related to our investment in Ongo Inc., a consumer service for reading and sharing 
digital news and information from multiple publishers.

•  a $2.6 million pre-tax charge ($1.5 million after tax, or $.01 per share) in connection with a legal settlement.

2011 

The items below had a net unfavorable effect on our results from continuing operations of $27.9 million, or $.19 

per share:

•  a $71.2 million pre-tax gain ($41.4 million after tax, or $.27 per share) from the sales of 390 of our units in 

Fenway Sports Group and a portion of our interest in Indeed.com. 

•  a $46.4 million pre-tax charge ($27.6 million after tax, or $.18 per share) in connection with the prepayment of 

all $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 14.053% senior unsecured notes. 

•  $43.6 million of expenses ($25.8 million after tax, or $.17 per share) for non-operating retirement costs.

•  a $10.0 million pre-tax charge ($5.9 million after tax, or $.04 per share) for severance costs.

•  a $7.5 million pre-tax charge ($4.7 million after tax, or $.03 per share) for the impairment of assets related to 
certain assets held for sale, primarily of Baseline, Inc. (“Baseline”), an online subscription database and 
research service for information on the film and television industries and a provider of premium film and 
television data to websites.

•  a $4.5 million pre-tax charge ($2.6 million after tax, or $.02 per share) for a retirement and consulting 

agreement in connection with the retirement of our former chief executive officer.  

•  a $4.2 million estimated pre-tax charge ($2.7 million after tax, or $.02 per share) for a pension withdrawal 

obligation under a multiemployer pension plan at The Boston Globe (the “Globe”).

P. 20 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

2010 

The items below had a net unfavorable effect on our results from continuing operations of $28.6 million, or $.18 

per share:

•  $40.5 million of expenses ($23.8 million after tax, or $.16 per share) for non-operating retirement costs.

•  a $12.7 million pre-tax gain from the sale of an asset at one of the paper mills in which we have an investment. 
Our share of the pre-tax gain, after eliminating the noncontrolling interest portion, was $10.2 million ($6.5 
million after tax, or $.04 per share).

•  an $11.4 million charge ($.07 per share) for the reduction in future tax benefits for retiree health benefits 

resulting from the federal health-care legislation enacted in 2010.

•  a $9.1 million pre-tax gain ($5.4 million after tax, or $.04 per share) from the sale of 50 of our units in Fenway 

Sports Group.

•  a $6.3 million pre-tax charge ($3.7 million after tax, or $.02 per share) for an adjustment to estimated pension 

withdrawal obligations under several multiemployer pension plans at the Globe.

•  a $2.7 million pre-tax charge ($1.6 million after tax, or $.01 per share) for severance costs.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 21

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis provides information that management believes is relevant to an 
assessment and understanding of our consolidated financial condition as of December 28, 2014, and results of 
operations for the three years ended December 28, 2014. This item should be read in conjunction with our 
Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes included in this Annual Report.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

We are a global media organization that includes newspapers, digital businesses and investments in paper 
mills. We currently have one reportable segment comprising businesses that include The Times, INYT, NYTimes.com, 
international.nytimes.com and related businesses. 

We generate revenues principally from circulation and advertising. Other revenues primarily consist of 
revenues from news services/syndication, digital archives, office rental income, e-commerce and conferences/events. 
Our main operating costs are employee-related costs and raw materials, primarily newsprint. 

In the accompanying analysis of financial information, we present certain information derived from 

consolidated financial information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). We are presenting in this report 
supplemental non-GAAP financial performance measures that exclude depreciation, amortization, severance, non-
operating retirement costs and certain identified special items, as applicable. These non-GAAP financial measures 
should not be considered in isolation from or as a substitute for the related GAAP measures, and should be read in 
conjunction with financial information presented on a GAAP basis. For further information and reconciliations of 
these non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP items, respectively, diluted (loss)/earnings per 
share, operating profit and operating costs, see “Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

2014 Financial Highlights

In 2014, diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were $0.21, compared with $0.36 for 2013. 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs and 
special items discussed below (or “adjusted diluted earnings per share,” a non-GAAP measure) were $0.43 for 2014, 
compared with $0.52 for 2013.

Operating profit in 2014 was $91.9 million, compared with $156.1 million for 2013. The decline was primarily 

driven by investment spending related to the Company’s strategic initiatives and severance expense. Operating profit 
before depreciation, amortization, severance, non-operating retirement costs and special items discussed below (or 
“adjusted operating profit,” a non-GAAP measure) for 2014 was $256.3 million, compared with $277.1 million for 
2013. 

Total revenues increased slightly in 2014 to $1.59 billion, compared with $1.58 billion in 2013. This was driven 

by growth in circulation and other revenues, partially offset by declines in advertising revenues. Compared with 2013, 
circulation revenues increased 1.5% in 2014, as digital subscription growth and a print home-delivery price increase at 
The Times offset a decline in the number of print copies sold. Circulation revenues from our digital-only subscription 
packages increased 13.5% in 2014, compared with 2013. Paid subscribers to digital-only subscription packages totaled 
approximately 910,000 as of December 28, 2014, a nearly 20% increase compared with year-end 2013.

Advertising revenues remained under pressure during 2014 due to continuing secular trends. Total advertising 
revenues decreased 0.7% in 2014 compared with 2013, reflecting a 4.7% decrease in print advertising revenues and an 
11.9% increase in digital advertising revenues. 

Compared with 2013, other revenues increased 3.6% in 2014, driven by our e-commerce business and digital 

archives.

Operating costs in 2014 increased 5.2% to $1.48 billion, compared with $1.41 billion in 2013. The increase was 

primarily due to investment spending related to the Company’s strategic initiatives as well as severance expense 
associated with workforce reductions, partially offset by efficiencies in print distribution. Operating costs before 
depreciation, amortization, severance and non-operating retirement costs discussed below (or “adjusted operating 
costs,” a non-GAAP measure) increased 2.5% to $1.33 billion in 2014, compared with $1.30 billion in 2013. 

P. 22 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Non-operating retirement costs increased to $36.7 million in 2014 from $20.8 million in 2013, driven by lower 

expected returns on pension assets, higher retiree medical costs and higher pension interest cost. 

Outlook

We remain in a challenging business environment, reflecting an increasingly competitive and fragmented 

landscape, and visibility remains limited.

For the first quarter of 2015, we expect circulation revenues to increase at a rate similar to that of the fourth 
quarter of 2014, driven by the benefit from our digital subscription initiatives and from the most recent home-delivery 
price increase, partially offset by print weakness, particularly in newsstand volume. We expect the number of net new 
digital subscriber additions in the first quarter of 2015 to be in the mid-30,000s.

  We expect advertising trends to remain challenging and subject to significant month-to-month volatility. In 
the first quarter of 2015, we expect advertising revenues to decrease in the mid-single digits compared with the first 
quarter of 2014, in part due to more challenging year-over-year comparisons, particularly in print. We expect digital 
advertising revenue to increase in the low double digits in that period.

We expect other revenues to grow in the mid-single digits in the first quarter of 2015 compared with the first 

quarter of 2014.

We expect operating costs and adjusted operating costs to be roughly flat in the first quarter of 2015 compared 

with the first quarter of 2014.  We also believe that recent expense management efforts, including workforce 
reductions announced in the fourth quarter of 2014, should allow us to maintain or slightly lower our operating 
costs and adjusted operating costs in 2015, relative to 2014 levels.

We expect non-operating retirement costs in the first quarter of 2015 to be approximately $10 million compared 

with $8.9 million in the first quarter of 2014 due to higher multiemployer pension withdrawal costs.

We also expect the following on a pre-tax basis in 2015:

•  Results from joint ventures: breakeven to $5 million, 

•  Depreciation and amortization: $60 million to $65 million,

• 

Interest expense, net: $40 million to $45 million, and

•  Capital expenditures: $35 million to $45 million.

Business Environment

We believe that a number of factors and industry trends have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect 

on our business and prospects. These include the following:

Competition in our industry

We operate in a highly competitive environment.  Our print and digital products compete for advertising and 
circulation revenue with both traditional and new content providers, and this competition has intensified as a result 
of new digital media technologies and new media providers offering news and other online content. Competition 
among companies offering online content is intense; new competitors can quickly emerge, and some competitors may 
have greater resources or better competitive positions than we do. 

Our ability to compete effectively depends, among other things, on our ability to continue delivering high-

quality journalism and content that is interesting and relevant to our audience; the popularity, ease of use and 
performance of our products, and our ability to monetize them; our ability to attract, retain and motivate talented 
journalists and other employees to develop products that users find engaging; and our ability to manage and grow 
our business in a cost-effective manner. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 23

Continuing shift to digital over print 

Circulation revenue is a significant source of revenue for us and an increasingly important driver as the overall 
composition of our revenues has shifted in response to the transformations in our industry. The largest portion of our 
circulation revenue is currently from traditional print products, where we have experienced declining print 
circulation volume in recent years. This is due to, among other factors, increased competition from digital platforms 
and sources other than traditional newspapers (which are often free to users), higher subscription and single-copy 
rates and a growing preference among some consumers for receiving their news from a variety of sources.

Advances in technology have led to an increasing popularity in the distribution of news and other content 

through smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices, reshaping consumer behavior and expectations for 
consuming news and other information. Our ability to retain and continue to build on our digital subscription base 
and audience for our digital products depends on continued market acceptance of our evolving digital subscription 
model, consumer behavior, pricing, available alternatives from current and new competitors, continued delivery of 
high-quality journalism and content that is interesting and relevant to users and other factors.

In addition, the advertising industry continues to experience a secular shift toward digital advertising, which is 

less expensive and can offer more directly measurable returns than traditional print media. The digital advertising 
marketplace has become increasingly complex and fragmented, particularly as digital advertising networks and 
exchanges, real-time bidding and other programmatic-buying channels that allow advertisers to buy audience at scale 
play a more significant role. Competition from a wide variety of digital media and services, many of which charge 
lower rates than us, and a significant increase in inventory in the digital marketplace have affected, and will likely 
continue to affect, our ability to attract and retain advertisers and to maintain or increase our advertising rates.  

Economic conditions 

Global, national and local economic conditions affect various aspects of our business, particularly advertising 

spending, which drives a significant portion of our revenues. The level of advertising sales in any period may be 
affected by advertisers’ decisions to increase or decrease their advertising expenditures in response to anticipated 
consumer demand and general economic conditions. Changes in spending patterns and priorities, including shifts in 
marketing strategies and budget cuts of key advertisers, in response to economic conditions, have depressed and may 
continue to depress our advertising revenues.

Fixed costs

A significant portion of our costs are fixed, and therefore we are limited in our ability to reduce these costs in 

the short term. Our most significant costs are employee-related costs and raw materials, which together accounted for 
approximately 50% of our total operating costs in 2014. Changes in employee-related costs and the price and 
availability of newsprint can materially affect our operating results.

For a discussion of these and other factors that could affect our business, results of operations and financial 

condition, see “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 1A — Risk Factors.”

Our Strategy

Our business is operating during a period of transformation for our industry and amidst uneven economic 

conditions. We anticipate that the challenges we currently face will continue, and we believe that the following 
elements are key to our efforts to address them.

Strengthening and extending The New York Times brand through our digital offerings

Our priority is to better position our organization for innovation and growth, while maintaining a robust news-
gathering operation capable of continuing to provide the high-quality news and information that sets our Company 
apart. As we continue to face a challenging advertising environment, we are focused on building consumer revenues. 
Our paid digital subscription model has created a meaningful revenue stream that has partially offset declines in our 
advertising and print circulation businesses. The continued growth in our digital subscriber base in 2014 underscores 
the willingness of our readers and users to pay for the high-quality journalism we provide across multiple platforms. 

We aim to continue building our digital subscriber base by increasing engagement and subscription 
opportunities. In 2014, we introduced several new digital products, including NYT Now, Times Premier and NYT 
Cooking. 

P. 24 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

We believe we have a very powerful and trusted brand that, because of the quality of our journalism, attracts 

educated, affluent and influential audiences. We are continuing to focus on leveraging our brand and developing and 
innovating our digital advertising offerings. In early 2014, we introduced Paid Posts, our native advertising product, 
which has contributed to digital advertising growth. We will also continue to build on the strength of The New York 
Times brand to expand our presence into new products, markets and endeavors, such as expanding our conferences 
business and developing our e-commerce business.

As we continue to look for ways to optimize and monetize our products and services, we remain committed to 
creating quality content and a quality user experience, regardless of the distribution model of news and information.

Managing our expenses

Over the past few years, we have focused on realigning our cost base to ensure that we are operating our 
businesses efficiently, while maintaining our commitment to investing in high-quality content and achieving our long-
term strategy. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we announced workforce reductions that we expect will allow us to 
strengthen our operating efficiencies while continuing to safeguard the quality of our journalism and invest in our 
digital products and strategic initiatives. See Note 7 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information regarding these workforce reductions. We will endeavor to be diligent in reducing expenses and 
managing legacy costs going forward, but will also remain prepared to invest where appropriate. 

Strengthening our liquidity 

We have continued to strengthen our liquidity position and we remain focused on further de-leveraging and 
de-risking our balance sheet. As of December 28, 2014, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of 
approximately $981 million and total debt and capital lease obligations of approximately $650 million. Accordingly, 
our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities exceeded total debt and capital lease obligations by 
approximately $331 million. We believe our cash balance and cash provided by operations, in combination with other 
sources of cash, will be sufficient to meet our financing needs over the next 12 months. 

In September 2013, we announced the initiation of a quarterly dividend in which both classes of our common 

stock participate equally. We believe this quarterly dividend allows us to return capital to our stockholders while also 
maintaining the financial flexibility necessary to continue to invest in our transformation and growth initiatives. 
Given current conditions and continued volatility in advertising revenues, we believe it is in the best interests of the 
Company to maintain a conservative balance sheet and a prudent view of our cash flow going forward.

Managing our retirement-related costs

We remain focused on managing the underfunded status of our pension plans and adjusting the size of our 
pension obligations relative to the size of our Company. Our qualified pension plans were underfunded (meaning the 
present value of future obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets) as of December 28, 2014, by approximately 
$264 million, compared with approximately $80 million as of December 29, 2013. The increase was driven by a decline 
in interest rates and new mortality tables adopted by the Society of Actuaries during the fourth quarter of 2014, 
partially offset by solid returns on pension assets. The net impact to our qualified pension plans resulting from the 
new mortality assumptions was an increase of $104 million. We made contributions of approximately $15 million to 
certain qualified pension plans in 2014, compared with approximately $74 million in 2013. We expect contributions in 
2015 to total approximately $9.0 million to satisfy minimum funding requirements.

We have taken steps over the last few years as part of our ongoing strategy to address our pension obligations, 

including freezing accruals under the qualified defined benefit pension plans that cover both our non-union 
employees and those covered by collective bargaining agreements. We have also offered an immediate pension 
benefit offer in the form of lump-sum payments to certain former employees and we will continue to look for ways to 
reduce the size of our pension obligations.

While we have made significant progress in our liability-driven investment strategy to reduce the funding 

volatility of our qualified pension plans, the size of our pension plan obligations relative to the size of our current 
operations will continue to have a significant impact on our reported financial results. We expect to continue to 
experience volatility in our retirement-related costs, including pension, multiemployer pension and retiree medical 
costs. In 2014, our retirement-related costs increased by approximately $16 million to $37 million (excluding a $9.5 
million pension settlement charge in 2014), due principally to a lower assumed return on pension plan assets resulting 
from a shift in asset mix to bonds from equity, higher retiree medical costs and higher pension interest costs. For 2015, 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 25

we expect retiree medical costs to be lower due to plan amendments that will reduce the Company’s portion of 
premiums paid. 

Since the first quarter of 2014, we have provided supplemental non-GAAP information on adjusted diluted 

earnings per share, adjusted operating costs and adjusted operating profit, in each case adjusted to exclude non-
operating retirement costs. We believe that this supplemental information helps clarify how the employee benefit 
costs of our principal plans affect our financial position and how they may affect future operating performance, 
allowing for a better long-term view of the business. See “Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” 
for more information. 

P. 26 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview

Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 each comprise 52 weeks and fiscal year 2012 comprises 53 weeks. The effect of the 

53rd week (“additional week”) on revenues and operating costs is discussed below. The following table presents our 
consolidated financial results:

(In thousands)

Revenues

Circulation

Advertising

Other

Total revenues

Operating costs

Production costs:

Raw materials

Wages and benefits

Other

Total production costs

Selling, general and administrative costs

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating costs

Early termination charge

Pension settlement charge

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Other expense

Operating profit

Gain on sale of investments

Impairment of investments

(Loss)/income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Income from continuing operations

Discontinued operations:

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(Loss)/gain on sale, net of income taxes

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Net loss/(income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders

*      Represents an increase or decrease in excess of 100%.

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

14-13

13-12

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

$

836,822

$

824,277

$

662,315

89,391

666,687

86,266

795,037

711,829

88,475

1,588,528

1,577,230

1,595,341

88,958

357,573

197,464

643,995

761,055

79,455

92,886

332,085

201,942

626,913

706,354

78,477

106,381

331,321

213,616

651,318

711,112

78,980

1,484,505

1,411,744

1,441,410

1.5

(0.7)

3.6

0.7

(4.2)

7.7

(2.2)

2.7

7.7

1.2

5.2

3.7

(6.3)

(2.5)

(1.1)

(12.7)

0.2

(5.5)

(3.7)

(0.7)

(0.6)

(2.1)

—

(93.2)

100.0

(100.0)

(100.0)

*

(7.5)

(63.3)

(60.0)

(65.3)

(82.0)

(66.8)

*

—

(100.0)

(41.1)

50.6

—

100.0

47,657

*

—

(100.0)

2,620

103,654

220,275

5,500

2,936

62,808

258,557

94,617

—

—

*

(7.5)

(68.5)

*

163,940

(41.3)

2,550

9,525

—

—

—

3,228

6,171

—

91,948

156,087

—

—

(8,368)

53,730

29,850

(3,541)

33,391

—

(1,086)

(1,086)

32,305

1,002

—

—

(3,215)

58,073

94,799

37,892

56,907

28,362

7,949

64,856

249

(20,413)

(113,447)

(100.0)

85,520

(27,927)

*

*

136,013

(50.2)

(52.3)

(166)

*

*

$

33,307

$

65,105

$

135,847

(48.8)

(52.1)

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 27

Revenues

Circulation, advertising and other revenues were as follows:                                                                                                                                                                                                        

(In thousands)

Circulation

Advertising

Other

Total

Circulation Revenues

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

$

836,822

$

824,277

$

662,315

89,391

666,687

86,266

795,037

711,829

88,475

$

1,588,528

$

1,577,230

$

1,595,341

14-13

13-12

1.5

(0.7)

3.6

0.7

3.7

(6.3)

(2.5)

(1.1)

Circulation revenues are based on the number of copies of the printed newspaper (through home-delivery 

subscriptions and single-copy and bulk sales) and digital subscriptions sold and the rates charged to the respective 
customers. Total circulation revenues consist of revenues from our print and digital products, including our digital-
only subscription packages, e-readers and replica editions.

Circulation revenues increased in 2014 compared with 2013 primarily due to growth in our digital subscription 

base and the increase in print home-delivery prices at The Times, offset by a reduction in the number of print copies 
sold. Revenues from our digital-only subscription packages, e-readers and replica editions were $169.3 million in 2014 
compared with $149.1 million in 2013, an increase of 13.5%.

Circulation revenues increased in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to growth in our digital subscription 

base and the increase in print home-delivery prices at The Times, offset by a reduction in the number of print copies 
sold and the effect of the additional week in 2012.  Revenues from our digital-only subscription packages, e-readers 
and replica editions were $149.1 million in 2013 compared with $111.7 million in 2012, an increase of 33.5%.

Advertising Revenues

In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company reclassified the categories under which advertising revenues are 

disclosed, including prior period information. Display advertising revenue is principally from advertisers promoting 
products, services or brands, such as financial institutions, movie studios, department stores, American and 
international fashion and technology in The Times and INYT. Classified advertising revenue includes line-ads sold in 
the major categories of real estate, help wanted, automotive and other. Other advertising revenue primarily includes 
creative services fees associated with our branded content studio; revenue from preprinted advertising, also known as 
free-standing inserts; revenue generated from branded bags in which our newspapers are delivered; and advertising 
revenues from our News Services business. 

Advertising revenues (print and digital) by category were as follows: 

(In thousands)

Display

Classified

Other

Total

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

$

$

606,838

$

609,920

$

649,755

36,689

18,788

37,453

19,314

40,922

21,152

662,315

$

666,687

$

711,829

14-13

13-12

(0.5)

(2.0)

(2.7)

(0.7)

(6.1)

(8.5)

(8.7)

(6.3)

P. 28 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
Below is a percentage breakdown of 2014, 2013 and 2012 advertising revenues (print and digital):

2014

2013

2012

Display

Classified

Other

Total

91%

91%

91%

6%

6%

6%

3%

3%

3%

100%

100%

100%

Advertising revenues are primarily determined by the volume, rate and mix of advertisements. Advertising 

spending, which drives a significant portion of revenues, is sensitive to economic conditions and affected by the 
continuing transformation of our industry. During 2014, advertising revenues were affected by the ongoing secular 
shift from print to digital and continued to reflect changes in the spending patterns and marketing strategies of our 
advertisers as well as an increasingly complex and fragmented digital advertising marketplace. The market for 
standard web-based digital display advertising continues to experience challenges, due to an abundance of available 
advertising inventory and a shift toward automation, including digital advertising networks and exchanges, real-time 
bidding and other programmatic-buying channels that allow advertisers to buy audience at scale, which has led to 
downward pricing pressure.

In 2014, total advertising revenues decreased primarily due to lower print advertising revenues across most 
advertising categories. Print advertising revenues, which represented 73% of total advertising revenues, declined 
4.7% in 2014 compared with 2013, mainly due to weakness in display advertising. This weakness resulted from 
reductions primarily in the technology, entertainment and corporate categories.  The decline was partially offset by an 
increase in the financial services, advocacy and international fashion categories. 

Digital advertising revenues, which represented 27% of total advertising revenues, increased 11.9% in 2014 

compared with 2013 due to an increase in display advertising, partially offset by a decrease in classified advertising 
revenues. The increase in display advertising primarily resulted from the introduction of Paid Posts and from 
increases in the technology, telecommunications and media categories, partially offset by declines mainly in the 
financial services and entertainment categories.  

In 2013, total advertising revenues declined mainly due to weakness in display and classified advertising. This 

weakness resulted from advertisers reducing spending in the face of uneven economic conditions, primarily in the 
entertainment, financial services and travel categories. The uncertain economic environment, coupled with secular 
changes in our industry, contributed to declines in total classified advertising revenues, primarily in the real estate, 
automotive and help wanted categories, partially offset by growth in the telecommunications and corporate 
categories.  

Other Revenues

Other revenues consist primarily of revenues from news services/syndication, digital archives, office rental 

income, e-commerce and conferences/events.

Other revenues increased in 2014 compared with 2013 driven by higher revenues from our e-commerce 

business and digital archives.

Other revenues decreased in 2013 compared with 2012, mainly due to our exit from the education business at 

the end of 2012. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 29

Operating Costs

Operating costs were as follows:

(In thousands)

Production costs:

Raw materials

Wages and benefits

Other

Total production costs

Selling, general and administrative costs

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating costs

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

14-13

13-12

$

88,958

$

92,886

$

357,573

197,464

643,995

761,055

79,455

332,085

201,942

626,913

706,354

78,477

106,381

331,321

213,616

651,318

711,112

78,980

$

1,484,505

$

1,411,744

$

1,441,410

(4.2)

7.7

(2.2)

2.7

7.7

1.2

5.2

(12.7)

0.2

(5.5)

(3.7)

(0.7)

(0.6)

(2.1)

The components of operating costs as a percentage of total operating costs were as follows:

Components of operating costs as a percentage of total operating costs

Wages and benefits

Raw materials

Other operating costs

Depreciation and amortization

Total

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

44%

6%

45%

5%

100%

40%

7%

47%

6%

100%

40%

7%

47%

6%

100%

The components of operating costs as a percentage of total revenues were as follows:

Components of operating costs as a percentage of total revenues

Wages and benefits

Raw materials

Other operating costs

Depreciation and amortization

Total

Production Costs

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

41%

5%

42%

5%

93%

36%

6%

43%

5%

90%

36%

7%

42%

5%

90%

Production costs increased in 2014 compared with 2013 primarily due to higher wages and benefits 
(approximately $25 million), offset in part by lower raw materials expense (approximately $4 million). Newsprint 
expense declined 5.5% in 2014 compared with 2013, with 4.1% from lower consumption and 1.4% from lower pricing. 
Compensation costs increased mainly due to hiring related to strategic initiatives.

Production costs decreased in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to lower raw materials expense 

(approximately $13 million), mainly newsprint, outside printing costs (approximately $9 million) and pension 
expense (approximately $3 million), offset in part by higher compensation costs (approximately $4 million). 
Newsprint expense declined 16.2% in 2013, with 9.8% from lower consumption and 6.4% from lower pricing. Cost 
savings from contract negotiations mainly contributed to lower outside printing costs. Compensation costs increased 

P. 30 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

mainly due to new hires related to our digital initiatives and lower capitalized salary costs, offset by the additional 
week in 2012. 

Selling, General and Administrative Costs

Selling, general and administrative costs increased in 2014 compared with 2013 primarily due to severance 

expense associated with workforce reductions as well as higher compensation and benefits (approximately $58 
million) and promotion costs (approximately $7 million), offset by lower distribution costs ($14 million). Benefits 
expense was higher mainly due to higher retirement costs. Promotion costs were higher mainly due to the launch of 
our new digital products and print circulation marketing. Lower distribution costs were mainly due to fewer print 
copies produced and transportation efficiency.

Selling, general and administrative costs decreased in 2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to lower pension 

expense (approximately $18 million) and salaries and wage expenses (approximately $10 million) offset by higher 
other compensation costs (approximately $13 million). Compensation costs increased primarily due to new hires 
related to digital initiatives and annual salary merit increases.

Other Items

Early Termination Charge

During 2014, we recorded a $2.6 million charge for the early termination of a distribution agreement, which we 

expect will result in distribution cost savings for the Company in future periods. 

Reserve for Uncertain Tax Positions

During 2014, we recorded a $21.1 million income tax benefit primarily due to a reduction in the Company’s 

reserve for uncertain tax positions.

Pension Settlement Charges

As part of our strategy to reduce our pension obligations and the resulting volatility of our overall financial 

condition, during 2014, 2013 and 2012, we offered lump-sum payments to certain former employees participating in 
both our qualified and non-qualified pension plans. Each lump-sum payment offer resulted in pension settlement 
charges due to the acceleration of the recognition of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial loss. 

2014

In the second quarter of 2014, we recorded a $9.5 million pension settlement charge in connection with lump-

sum payments made to certain former employees who participated in certain non-qualified pension plans. These 
lump-sum payments totaled approximately $24 million and were paid out of Company cash. The effect of this lump-
sum payment offer was to reduce our pension obligations by approximately $32 million. 

2013

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we recorded a $3.2 million pension settlement charge in connection with lump-
sum payments made to certain former employees who participated in certain non-qualified pension plans. These 
lump-sum payments totaled approximately $11 million and were paid out of Company cash. The effect of this lump-
sum payment offer was to reduce our pension obligations by approximately $13 million.

2012

In the fourth quarter of 2012, we recorded a $47.7 million pension settlement charge in connection with lump-

sum payments made to certain former employees who participated in The New York Times Companies Pension Plan. 
These lump-sum payments totaled approximately $112 million and were paid out of the existing assets of the plan. 
The effect of this lump-sum payment offer was to reduce our pension obligations by approximately $30 million.

Multiemployer Pension Plan Withdrawal Expense

Over the past few years, certain events, such as amendments to various collective bargaining agreements and 

the sales of the New England Media Group and the Regional Media Group, resulted in withdrawals from 
multiemployer pension plans. These actions, along with a reduction in covered employees, have resulted in us 
estimating withdrawal liabilities to certain multiemployer pension plans for our proportionate share of any unfunded 
vested benefits. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 31

Our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability was approximately $116 million as of December 28, 2014 

and $119 million as of December 29, 2013. This liability represents the present value of the obligations related to 
complete and partial withdrawals that have already occurred, as well as an estimate of future partial withdrawals that 
we considered probable and reasonably estimable. For those plans that have yet to provide us with a demand letter, 
the actual liability will not be fully known until they complete a final assessment of the withdrawal liability and issue 
a demand to us. Therefore, the estimate of our multiemployer pension plan liability will be adjusted as more 
information becomes available that allows us to refine our estimates.

2013

In the third quarter of 2013, we recorded an estimated charge of $6.2 million related to a partial withdrawal 

obligation under a multiemployer pension plan.  

2012

There were nominal charges in 2012 for withdrawal obligations related to our multiemployer pension plans. 

Advertising Expenses

Advertising expenses were $89.5 million, $86.0 million, and $83.2 million for December 28, 2014, December 29, 

2013 and December 30, 2012 respectively. 

Capitalized Computer Software Costs

Capitalized computer software costs (included in depreciation expense) were $29.4 million, $27.4 million, and 

$22.5 million for December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012 respectively. 

Other Expense

2012

In 2012, we recorded a $2.6 million charge in connection with a legal settlement. 

NON-OPERATING ITEMS

Gain on Sale of Investments

In the fourth quarter of 2012, Indeed.com, a search engine for jobs in which we had an ownership interest, was 
sold. The proceeds from the sale of our interest were approximately $167 million and we recognized a pre-tax gain of 
$164.6 million. 

In the first quarter of 2012, we sold 100 of our units in Fenway Sports Group for an aggregate price of $30.0 
million, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $17.8 million, and in the second quarter of 2012, we sold our remaining 210 units 
for an aggregate price of $63.0 million, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $37.8 million. 

Impairment of Investments

In 2012, we recorded impairment charges of $5.5 million to reduce the carrying value of certain investments to 

fair value. The impairment charges were primarily related to our investment in Ongo Inc., a consumer service for 
reading and sharing digital news and information from multiple publishers.  

(Loss)/Income from Joint Ventures

As of December 28, 2014, we had investments in paper mills that were accounted for under the equity method 
(Malbaie and Madison). Our proportionate share of the operating results of these investments is recorded in “(Loss)/
income from joint ventures” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information regarding these investments.  

During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recognized an impairment charge of $9.2 million for one of our 

investments, Madison Paper Industries. Our proportionate share of the loss was $4.7 million after adjusting for tax and 
the allocation of the loss to the non-controlling interest. See Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information.

In 2014, we had a loss from joint ventures of $8.4 million compared with a loss of $3.2 million in 2013. 

P. 32 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

In the fourth quarter of 2013, as part of the sale of the New England Media Group, we sold our 49% equity 
interest in Metro Boston, and classified the results as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 13 of 
the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. 

In 2013, we had a loss from joint ventures of $3.2 million compared with income of $2.9 million in 2012. Joint 

venture results in 2013 were primarily due to lower results for the paper mills in which we have an investment.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net, was as follows:

(In thousands)

Cash interest expense

Premium on debt repurchases

Amortization of debt costs and discount on debt

Capitalized interest

Interest income

Total interest expense, net

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

$

51,877

$

52,913

$

2,538

4,651

(152)

(5,184)

53,730

$

2,127

4,548

—

(1,515)

58,073

$

58,291

428

4,516

(17)

(410)

62,808

Interest expense, net decreased in 2014 compared with 2013 mainly due to a lower level of debt outstanding as a 

result of debt repurchases made in 2013 and higher interest income.

Interest expense, net decreased in 2013 compared with 2012 due to a lower level of debt outstanding as a result 

of repurchases and, in the fourth quarter of 2012, a charge associated with the termination of our $125.0 million 
revolving credit facility. 

Income Taxes

We had income tax benefit of $3.5 million on pre-tax income of $29.9 million in 2014. The effective tax rate for 

2014 was favorably affected by approximately $21.1 million for the reversal of reserves for uncertain tax positions due 
to the lapse of applicable statutes of limitations. 

We had income tax expense of $37.9 million on pre-tax income of $94.8 million in 2013. Our effective tax rate was 

40.0% in 2013. The effective tax rate for 2013 was favorably affected by strong returns on corporate-owned life 
insurance investments and approximately $1.8 million for the reversal of reserves for uncertain tax positions due to the 
lapse of applicable statutes of limitations. 

We had income tax expense of $94.6 million on pre-tax income of $258.6 million in 2012. Our effective tax rate 

was 36.6% in 2012. The effective tax rate for 2012 was favorably affected by a lower income tax rate on the sale of our 
ownership interest in Indeed.com.

Discontinued Operations

New England Media Group

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and operating liabilities of 

the New England Media Group, consisting of the Globe, BostonGlobe.com, Boston.com, the Worcester Telegram & 
Gazette (“T&G”), Telegram.com and related properties, and our 49% equity interest in Metro Boston, for 
approximately $70 million in cash, subject to customary adjustments. The net after-tax proceeds from the sale, 
including a tax benefit, were approximately $74 million. In 2013, we recognized a pre-tax gain of $47.6 million on the 
sale ($28.1 million after tax), which was almost entirely comprised of a curtailment gain. This curtailment gain is 
primarily related to an acceleration of prior service credits from retiree medical plan amendments announced in prior 
years, and is due to a cessation of service for employees at the New England Media Group. Post-closing adjustments in 
the first and fourth quarter of 2014 resulted in a nominal loss of $0.3 million. The results of operations of the New 
England Media Group have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 33

About Group  

In the fourth quarter of 2012, we completed the sale of the About Group, consisting of About.com, 

ConsumerSearch.com, CalorieCount.com and related businesses, to IAC/InterActiveCorp. for $300.0 million in cash, 
plus a net working capital adjustment of approximately $17 million. In 2012, the sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $96.7 
million ($61.9 million after tax). The net after-tax proceeds from the sale were approximately $291 million. In the fourth 
quarter of 2014, there was a legal settlement that resulted in a nominal loss of $0.2 million. The results of operations of 
the About Group, which had previously been presented as a reportable segment, have been classified as discontinued 
operations for all periods presented.

Regional Media Group

In the first quarter of 2012, we completed the sale of the Regional Media Group, consisting of 16 regional 
newspapers, other print publications and related businesses, to Halifax Media Holdings LLC for approximately $140 
million in cash. The net after-tax proceeds from the sale, including a tax benefit, were approximately $150 million. The 
sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $23.6 million (including post-closing adjustments recorded in the second and fourth 
quarters of 2012 totaling $6.6 million). In the fourth quarter of 2014, there was an environmental contingency that 
resulted in a nominal loss of $0.4 million. The results of operations for the Regional Media Group have been classified 
as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

P. 34 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Discontinued operations are summarized in the following charts: 

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense(1)

Impairment of assets(2)

Loss from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax loss

Income tax benefit(3)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Loss on sale, net of income taxes:

Loss on sale

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Loss on sale, net of income taxes

Year ended December 28, 2014

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

$

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(349)

(127)

(222)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(229)

(93)

(136)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(397)

331

(728)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

$

(222) $

(136) $

(728) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(975)

111

(1,086)

(1,086)

Year Ended December 29, 2013

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense(1)

Impairment of assets(2)

Loss from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax loss

Income tax benefit(3)

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of income taxes:

Gain on sale(4)

Income tax expense 

Gain on sale, net of income taxes

$

287,677

$

— $

— $

281,414

7,997

34,300

(240)

9

(36,283)

(13,373)

(22,910)

47,561

19,457

28,104

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2,497)

2,497

419

161

258

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

$

5,194

$

2,755

$

— $

287,677

281,414

7,997

34,300

(240)

9

(36,283)

(15,870)

(20,413)

47,980

19,618

28,362

7,949

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 35

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Impairment of assets(2)

Income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax income/(loss)

Income tax expense/(benefit)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of income taxes:

Gain/(loss) on sale

Income tax expense/(benefit)(5)

Gain on sale, net of income taxes

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes

$

Year Ended December 30, 2012

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

$

394,739

$

74,970

$

385,527

—

68

7

9,273

10,717

51,140

194,732

—

—

(170,902)

(60,065)

(1,444)

(110,837)

—

—

—

96,675

34,785

61,890

6,115

$

8,017

—

—

—

(1,902)

(736)

(1,166)

(5,441)

(29,071)

23,630

475,824

444,684

194,732

68

7

(163,531)

(50,084)

(113,447)

91,234

5,714

85,520

(1,444) $

(48,947) $

22,464

$

(27,927)

(1)  The multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense in 2013 is related to estimated charges for complete or partial withdrawal 

obligations under multiemployer pension plans triggered by the sale of the New England Media Group. 

(2) 

Included the impairment of fixed assets related to the New England Media Group in 2013 and impairment of goodwill related to the 
About Group in 2012.

(3)  The income tax benefit for the About Group in 2013 is related to a change in prior period estimated tax expense.

(4) 

Included in the gain on sale in 2013 is a $49.1 million post-retirement curtailment gain related to the New England Media Group. 

(5)  The income tax benefit for the Regional Media Group in 2012 included a tax deduction for goodwill, which was previously non-

deductible, triggered upon the sale of the Regional Media Group.

Impairment of Assets

2013

New England Media Group

The impairment of assets in 2013 reflects the impairment of fixed assets held for sale that related to the 

New England Media Group. During the third quarter of 2013, we estimated the fair value less cost to sell of the 
group held for sale, using unobservable inputs. We recorded a $34.3 million non-cash charge in the third quarter 
of 2013 for fixed assets at the New England Media Group to reduce the carrying value of fixed assets to their fair 
value less cost to sell.

2012

About Group

Our policy is to perform our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. However, 

due to certain impairment indicators at the About Group, we performed an interim impairment test as of June 24, 2012. 
The interim impairment test resulted in a $194.7 million non-cash charge in the second quarter of 2012 for the 
impairment of goodwill at the About Group. Our expectations for future operating results and cash flows at the About 
Group in the long term were lower than our previous estimates, primarily driven by a reassessment of the 
sustainability of our estimated long-term growth rate for display advertising. The reduction in our estimated long-term 
growth rate resulted in the carrying value of the net assets being greater than their fair value, and therefore a write-
down of goodwill to its fair value was required. 

P. 36 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We have included in this report certain supplemental financial information derived from consolidated financial 

information but not presented in our financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we have 
referred to the following non-GAAP financial measures in this report:

•  diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs 

and the impact of special items (or adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations);

•  operating profit before depreciation, amortization, severance, non-operating retirement costs and special items 

(or adjusted operating profit); and

•  operating costs before depreciation, amortization, severance and non-operating retirement costs (or adjusted 

operating costs).

The special items in 2014 consisted of a $2.6 million charge for the early termination of a distribution agreement, 

a reduction in the reserve for uncertain tax positions of $21.1 million, a $9.5 million pension settlement charge in 
connection with a lump-sum payment offer to certain former employees and a $9.2 million non-cash impairment 
charge related to the Company’s investment in a joint venture. The special items in 2013 consisted of a $3.2 million 
settlement charge in connection with the Company’s immediate pension benefit offer to certain former employees and 
a $6.2 million charge for a partial withdrawal obligation under a multiemployer pension plan.

We have included these non-GAAP financial measures because management reviews them on a regular basis 
and uses them to evaluate and manage the performance of our operations. We believe that, for the reasons outlined 
below, these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors as a supplement to reported 
diluted earnings/(loss) per share from continuing operations, operating profit/(loss) and operating costs. However, 
these measures should be evaluated only in conjunction with the comparable GAAP financial measures and should not 
be viewed as alternative or superior measures of GAAP results.

Adjusted diluted earnings per share provides useful information in evaluating our period-to-period 

performance because it eliminates items that we do not consider to be indicative of earnings from ongoing operating 
activities. Adjusted operating profit is useful in evaluating the ongoing performance of our businesses as it excludes 
the significant non-cash impact of depreciation and amortization as well as items not indicative of ongoing operating 
activities. Total operating costs include depreciation, amortization, severance and non-operating retirement costs. 
Adjusted operating costs, which exclude these items, provide investors with helpful supplemental information on our 
underlying operating costs that is used by management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Non-operating retirement costs include:

• 

interest cost, expected return on plan assets and amortization of actuarial gain and loss components of pension 
expense; 

• 

interest cost and amortization of actuarial gain and loss components of retiree medical expense; and 

•  all expenses associated with multiemployer pension plan withdrawal obligations. 

These non-operating retirement costs are primarily tied to financial market performance and changes in market 

interest rates and investment performance. Non-operating retirement costs do not include service costs and 
amortization of prior service costs for pension and retiree medical benefits, which we believe reflect the ongoing 
service-related costs of providing pension and retiree medical benefits to our employees. We consider non-operating 
retirement costs to be outside the performance of our ongoing core business operations and believe that presenting 
operating results excluding non-operating retirement costs, in addition to our GAAP operating results, will provide 
increased transparency and a better understanding of the underlying trends in our operating business performance. 

Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures from, respectively, diluted earnings per share from continuing 

operations, operating profit and operating costs, the most directly comparable GAAP items, as well as details on the 
components of non-operating retirement costs, are set out in the tables below.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 37

Reconciliation of diluted earnings per share from continuing operations excluding severance, non-operating retirement costs and special
items (or adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing operations)

Years Ended

% Change

(In thousands)

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

$

0.21

$

0.36

$

Add:

Severance

Non-operating retirement costs

Special items:

Early termination charge

Reduction in uncertain tax positions

Pension settlement charge

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Impairment charge

Gain on sale of investments

Other expense

0.13

0.13

0.01

(0.13)

0.04

—

0.04

—

—

0.05

0.08

—

—

0.01

0.02

—

—

—

1.07

0.04

0.17

—

—

0.18

—

0.02

(0.87)

0.01

14-13

(41.7)

13-12

(66.4)

Adjusted diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations

$

0.43

$

0.52

$

0.62

(17.3)

(16.1)

Reconciliation of operating profit before depreciation & amortization, severance, non-operating retirement costs and special items (or
adjusted operating profit)

(In thousands)

Operating profit

Add:

Depreciation & amortization

Severance

Non-operating retirement costs

Special items:

Early termination charge

Pension settlement charge

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Other expense

Adjusted operating profit

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

91,948

$

156,087

$

103,654

14-13

(41.1)

13-12

50.6

79,455

36,082

36,697

2,550

9,525

—

—

78,477

12,382

20,791

—

3,228

6,171

—

78,980

12,267

44,517

—

47,657

—

2,620

$

256,257

$

277,136

$

289,695

(7.5)

(4.3)

Reconciliation of operating costs before depreciation & amortization, severance and non-operating retirement costs (or adjusted
operating costs)

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

1,484,505

$

1,411,744

$

1,441,410

14-13

5.2

13-12

(2.1)

79,455

36,082

36,697

78,477

12,382

20,791

78,980

12,267

44,517

$

1,332,271

$

1,300,094

$

1,305,646

2.5

(0.4)

Operating costs

Less:

Depreciation & amortization

Severance

Non-operating retirement costs

Adjusted operating costs

P. 38 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Components of non-operating retirement costs

Pension:

Interest cost

Expected return on plan assets

Amortization and other costs

Non-operating pension costs

Other postretirement benefits:

Interest cost

Amortization and other costs

Non-operating other postretirement benefits costs

Expenses associated with multiemployer pension plan
withdrawal obligations

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

14-13

13-12

$

94,897

$

87,817

$

106,748

(113,839)

(124,250)

(118,551)

31,338

12,396

3,722

7,299

11,021

13,280

39,331

2,898

4,101

4,440

8,541

9,352

37,812

26,009

4,985

3,328

8,313

10,195

44,517

*

(88.9)

29.0

2.7

76.5

(53.3)

Total non-operating retirement costs

$

36,697

$

20,791

$

* Represents an increase in excess of 100%.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 39

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Overview

The following table presents information about our financial position.

Financial Position Summary

(In thousands, except ratios)

Cash and cash equivalents

Marketable securities

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Total New York Times Company stockholders’ equity

Ratios:

Total debt and capital lease obligations to total capitalization

Current assets to current liabilities

*     Represents an increase in excess of 100%.

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

176,607

$

804,563

223,662

426,458

726,328

482,745

541,035

21

684,142

842,910

% Change

14-13

(63.4)

48.7

*

(37.7)

(13.8)

47%

1.91

45%

3.36

Our primary sources of cash inflows from operations are circulation and advertising sales. Circulation and 

advertising provided about 53% and 42%, respectively, of total revenues in 2014. The remaining cash inflows from 
operations are from other revenue sources such as news services/syndication, digital archives, office rental income, 
conferences/events and e-commerce. Our primary source of cash outflows are for employee compensation, pension 
and other benefits, raw materials, services and supplies, interest and income taxes. Contributions to our qualified 
pension plans can have a significant impact on cash flows. See “— Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” for 
additional information regarding our pension plans. We believe our cash balance and cash provided by operations, in 
combination with other sources of cash, will be sufficient to meet our financing needs over the next 12 months, 
including the repayment at maturity of approximately $224 million aggregate principal amount of our 5.0% senior 
notes due March 2015 (“5.0% Notes”). 

We have continued to strengthen our liquidity position and our debt profile. As of December 28, 2014, we had 

cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of approximately $981 million and total debt and capital lease 
obligations of approximately $650 million. Accordingly, our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities 
exceeded total debt and capital lease obligations by approximately $331 million. Our cash and investment balances 
declined in 2014, primarily due to repurchases of our 5.0% Notes and our 6.625% senior notes due 2016 (“6.625% 
Notes”) in the open market, the repayment of borrowings against the cash surrender value of corporate-owned life 
insurance, and lump-sum payments made to certain former employees who participated in certain non-qualified 
pension plans.

In September 2013, we announced the initiation of a quarterly dividend in which both classes of our common 
stock participate equally. Since then, we have paid quarterly dividends of $0.04 per share on the Class A and Class B 
Common Stock. We currently expect to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future, although changes in 
our dividend program will be considered by our Board of Directors in light of our earnings, capital requirements, 
financial condition and other factors considered relevant.

On October 27, 2014, the Society of Actuaries (“SOA”) released new mortality tables that increased life 
expectancy assumptions. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the 
mortality assumptions used in determining our pension and postretirement benefit obligations. The net impact to our 
qualified and non-qualified pension and postretirement obligations resulting from the new mortality assumptions 
was an increase of $117.0 million and $4.2 million, respectively. See Note 9 and Note 10 of our Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information. 

As part of the Company’s ongoing strategy to reduce the size of our legacy pension obligations, during the first 

quarter of 2014, we offered to certain former employees who participate in certain non-qualified pension plans the 
option to elect to receive a lump-sum payment equal to the present value of the participant’s pension benefit. The 
election period for this voluntary offer closed on April 25, 2014, and thereafter we made a lump-sum payment of 
approximately $24 million to those former employees who accepted the offer, reducing pension obligations by 

P. 40 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

approximately $32 million. As a result, during the second quarter of 2014, we recorded a pension settlement charge of 
$9.5 million.

During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company offered certain terminated vested participants in various 
qualified defined benefit pension plans the option to immediately receive a lump-sum payment equal to the present 
value of his or her pension benefit in full settlement of the plan’s pension obligation, or to immediately commence a 
reduced monthly annuity. The election period for this voluntary offer closed on December 31, 2014.  During the first 
quarter of 2015, we expect to record a pension settlement charge of approximately $40 million. The lump-sum 
payments will approximate $98 million, and will be funded with existing assets of the pension plans and not with 
Company cash.

We remain focused on managing the underfunded status of our pension plans and adjusting the size of our 
pension obligations relative to the size of the Company. Our qualified pension plans were underfunded (meaning the 
present value of future obligations exceeded the fair value of plan assets) as of December 28, 2014, by approximately 
$264 million, compared with approximately $80 million as of December 29, 2013. The funded status of these pension 
plans were negatively impacted by interest rates in 2014 and the adoption of new mortality tables issued by the SOA, 
partially offset by solid returns on pension assets. The net impact to our qualified pension plans resulting from the 
new mortality assumptions was an increase of $104 million. We made contributions of approximately $15 million to 
certain qualified pension plans in 2014. We expect contributions to total approximately $9 million to satisfy minimum 
funding requirements in 2015. 

Capital Resources

Sources and Uses of Cash

Cash flows provided by/(used in) by category were as follows:

(In thousands)

Operating activities

Investing activities

Financing activities

*     Represents an increase or decrease in excess of 100%.

Operating Activities

Years Ended

% Change

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

$

$

80,491

$

34,855

$

79,310

(324,717) $

(353,657) $

646,813

(61,386) $

(19,259) $

(80,854)

14-13

*

(8.2)

*

13-12

(56.1)

*

(76.2)

Cash from operating activities is generated by cash receipts from circulation, advertising sales and other 

revenue transactions. Operating cash outflows include payments for employee compensation, pension and other 
benefits, raw materials, interest and income taxes.  

Net cash provided by operating activities increased in 2014 compared with 2013 due to lower income tax 

payments and pension contributions, including a pension settlement, partially offset by declines in operating 
performance. We made estimated tax payments of approximately $11 million in 2014 compared with approximately 
$53 million in 2013, with the amount in 2013 mainly driven by the 2012 sales of our ownership interests in Indeed.com 
and Fenway Sports Group. We made payments to certain pension plans of approximately $39 million (including a 
lump-sum payment of $24 million in connection with a pension settlement) in 2014 compared with approximately $74 
million in 2013.

Net cash provided by operating activities in 2013 decreased compared with 2012 primarily due to cash flows 
related to the About Group prior to its disposition in 2012 and higher income tax payments in 2013, offset in part by 
lower pension contributions in 2013. We made contributions to certain qualified pension plans of approximately $74 
million in 2013 compared with approximately $144 million in 2012. We also made income tax payments of 
approximately $53 million in 2013 compared with approximately $7 million in 2012. 

Investing Activities

Cash from investing activities generally includes proceeds from marketable securities that have matured and 

the sale of assets, investments or a business. Cash used in investing activities generally includes purchases of 
marketable securities, payments for capital projects, restricted cash primarily subject to collateral requirements for 
obligations under our workers’ compensation programs, acquisitions of new businesses and investments.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 41

Net cash used in investing activities in 2014 was primarily due to net purchases of marketable securities, capital 

expenditures and changes in restricted cash. Additionally during 2014, net cash used in investing activities included 
the repayment of approximately $26 million of loans taken against the cash value of our corporate-owned life 
insurance policies.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2013 was primarily due to net purchases of marketable securities and 

payments for capital expenditures, offset by proceeds from the sale of the New England Media Group and our 
ownership interest in Metro Boston.

Net cash provided by investing activities in 2012 was primarily due to proceeds from the sales of the About and 

Regional Media Groups and our ownership interests in Indeed.com and Fenway Sports Group, offset in part by net 
purchases of marketable securities and payments for capital expenditures.  

Capital expenditures were $35.4 million in 2014, $16.9 million in 2013 and $34.9 million in 2012. 

Financing Activities

Cash from financing activities generally includes borrowings under third-party financing arrangements, the 

issuance of long-term debt and funds from stock option exercises. Cash used in financing activities generally includes 
the repayment of amounts outstanding under third-party financing arrangements, the payment of dividends, long-
term debt and capital lease obligations. 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2014 was primarily due to repurchases of $18.4 million of our 6.625% 

Notes, $20.4 million of our 5.0% Notes and dividend payments of $24.9 million offset by proceeds from stock option 
exercises.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2013 was primarily due to the repurchase of $17.4 million principal 

amount of our 6.625% Notes in addition to dividends paid in the fourth quarter of 2013, offset by funds from stock 
option exercises. 

Net cash used in financing activities in 2012 was primarily for the repayment at maturity in September 2012 of 

all $75.0 million outstanding aggregate principal amount of the 4.610% senior notes (“4.610% Notes”) and the 
repurchase of $5.9 million principal amount of the 5.0% Notes due March 15, 2015. 

See “— Third-Party Financing” below and our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for additional 

information on our sources and uses of cash.

P. 42 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Restricted Cash

We were required to maintain $30.2 million and $28.1 million of restricted cash as of December 28, 2014 and 

December 29, 2013, respectively, primarily related to certain collateral requirements for obligations under our 
workers’ compensation programs. 

Third-Party Financing

Our current indebtedness included senior notes and the repurchase option related to a sale-leaseback of a 

portion of our New York headquarters. Our total debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Coupon Rate

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

Senior notes due in 2015, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $7 in 2014

5.0% $

223,662

$

Short-term capital lease obligations(1)

    Total current portion of debt and capital lease obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

—

223,662

Senior notes due 2015, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $43 in 2013

5.0%

—

Senior notes due in 2016, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $1,566 in
2014 and $2,484 in 2013

6.625%

187,604

Option to repurchase ownership interest in headquarters building in 2019, net of
unamortized debt costs and discount of $17,882 in 2014 and $21,741 in 2013

Long-term capital lease obligations

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Total debt and capital lease obligations

(1) 

Included in “Accrued expenses and other” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

232,118

6,736

426,458

$

650,120

$

—

21

21

244,057

205,111

228,259

6,715

684,142

684,163

Based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities, the fair value 
of our long-term debt was approximately $527 million as of December 28, 2014, and $819 million as of December 29, 
2013. We were in compliance with our covenants under our third-party financing arrangements as of December 28, 
2014.

4.610% Notes

On September 26, 2012, we repaid in full all $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 4.610% Notes due 

on that date. 

5.0% Notes

In 2005, we issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Notes due March 15, 2015.  During 2014, 

we repurchased $20.4 million principal amount of our 5.0% Notes and recorded a $0.3 million pre-tax charge in 
connection with the repurchase. During 2012, we repurchased $5.9 million principal amount of our 5.0% Notes and 
recorded a $0.4 million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchase. This charge is included in “Interest expense, 
net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The 5.0% Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal 

amount of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-whole” 
premium. The 5.0% Notes are not otherwise callable.

The 5.0% Notes are subject to certain covenants that, among other things, limit (subject to customary 

exceptions) our ability and the ability of certain material subsidiaries to:

• 

create liens on certain assets to secure debt; and

•  enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions.

The Company intends to repay the 5.0% Notes in full at their maturity on March 15, 2015 from cash on hand.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 43

 
6.625% Notes

In November 2010, we issued $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.625% Notes due on December 

15, 2016. During 2014, we repurchased $18.4 million principal amount of our 6.625% Notes and recorded a $2.2 
million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchases. During 2013, we repurchased $17.4 million principal 
amount of our 6.625% Notes and recorded a $2.1 million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchases.

We have the option to redeem all or a portion of the 6.625% Notes, at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the 

principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-
whole” premium. The 6.625% Notes are not otherwise callable.

The 6.625% Notes are subject to certain covenants that, among other things, limit (subject to customary 

exceptions) our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

• 

incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

•  pay dividends or make other equity distributions;

•  agree to any restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

• 

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

•  make certain investments;

•  merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and

•  engage in sale-leaseback transactions.

Warrants

In January 2009, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued warrants to affiliates of Carlos Slim 

Helú, the beneficial owner of approximately 8% of our Class A Common Stock (excluding the warrants), to purchase 
15.9 million shares of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $6.3572 per share. On January 14, 2015, the warrant 
holders exercised these warrants in full and the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $101.1 million 
from this exercise. The Company currently intends to use the cash proceeds to repurchase Class A shares from time to 
time in open market transactions as conditions permit.

Sale-Leaseback Financing

In March 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell and simultaneously lease back a portion of our leasehold 
condominium interest in our Company’s headquarters building located at 620 Eighth Avenue in New York City (the 
“Condo Interest”). The sale price for the Condo Interest was $225.0 million. We have an option, exercisable in 2019, to 
repurchase the Condo Interest for $250.0 million. The lease term is 15 years, and we have three renewal options that 
could extend the term for an additional 20 years.

The transaction is accounted for as a financing transaction. As such, we have continued to depreciate the Condo 

Interest and account for the rental payments as interest expense. The difference between the purchase option price of 
$250.0 million and the net sale proceeds of approximately $211 million, or approximately $39 million, is being 
amortized over a 10-year period through interest expense. The effective interest rate on this transaction was 
approximately 13%.

P. 44 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Revolving Credit Facility

In November 2012, we terminated our $125.0 million asset-backed five-year revolving credit facility and 

recorded a pre-tax charge of $1.4 million in connection with the early termination, which is included in “Interest 
expense, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Contractual Obligations

The information provided is based on management’s best estimate and assumptions of our contractual 
obligations as of December 28, 2014. Actual payments in future periods may vary from those reflected in the 
table. 

(In thousands)

Long-term debt(1)

Capital leases(2)

Operating leases(2)

Benefit plans(3)

Total

Payment due in

Total

2015

2016-2017

2018-2019

Later Years

$

806,034

$

268,176

$

255,661

$

282,197

$

9,453

45,608

1,566,476

552

12,031

245,335

1,104

16,516

293,533

7,797

7,116

290,210

—

—

9,945

737,398

$

2,427,571

$

526,094

$

566,814

$

587,320

$

747,343

(1) 

Includes estimated interest payments on long-term debt. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information related to our long-term debt. 

(2)  See Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our capital and operating leases.

(3) 

Includes estimated benefit payments under our Company-sponsored pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Payments for these 
plans have been estimated over a 10-year period; therefore, the amounts included in the “Later Years” column only include payments for the 
period of 2020-2024. While benefit payments under these plans are expected to continue beyond 2024, we believe that an estimate beyond 
this period is impracticable. Payments under our Company-sponsored qualified pension plans will be made out of existing assets of the 
pension plans and not with Company cash. Benefit plans in the table above also include estimated payments for multiemployer pension plan 
withdrawal liabilities. See Notes 9 and 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information related to our 
pension and other postretirement benefits plans.

“Other Liabilities — Other” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets include liabilities related to (1) deferred 

compensation, primarily consisting of our deferred executive compensation plan (the “DEC plan”), (2) our liability for 
uncertain tax positions and (3) various other liabilities. These liabilities are not included in the table above primarily 
because the future payments are not determinable.

The DEC plan enables certain eligible executives to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax 
basis. While the initial deferral period is for a minimum of two years up to a maximum of 15 years (after which time 
taxable distributions must begin), the executive has the option to extend the deferral period. Therefore, the future 
payments under the DEC plan are not determinable. See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information on “Other Liabilities — Other.”

Our tax liability for uncertain tax positions was approximately $20 million, including approximately $4 million 
of accrued interest and penalties as of December 28, 2014. Until formal resolutions are reached between us and the tax 
authorities, the timing and amount of a possible audit settlement for uncertain tax benefits is not practicable. 
Therefore, we do not include this obligation in the table of contractual obligations. See Note 12 of the Notes to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on “Income Taxes.”

We have a contract with a major paper supplier to purchase newsprint. The contract requires us to purchase 

annually the lesser of a fixed number of tons or a percentage of our total newsprint requirement at market rate in an 
arm’s length transaction. Since the quantities of newsprint purchased annually under this contract are based on our 
total newsprint requirement, the amount of the related payments for these purchases is excluded from the table 
above.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 45

 
Ratings

The Company’s senior notes are currently rated B1 by Moody’s Investors Service with a stable outlook. In April 
2014, Standard & Poor’s upgraded its rating on the Company’s senior notes to BB from BB- and revised favorably the 
recovery prospects for the senior notes, changing its recovery rating on these senior notes to 1 from 2, based on its 
anticipation of a lower balance of priority debt outstanding. The Company’s overall rating remains B1 at Moody’s 
Investors Service with a stable outlook, and B+ at Standard & Poor’s with a stable outlook. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 28, 2014.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES  

Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these 
financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for the periods presented.

We continually evaluate the policies and estimates we use to prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements. In 

general, management’s estimates are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals and 
various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances. Actual results may 
differ from those estimates made by management. 

We believe our critical accounting policies include our accounting for long-lived assets, retirement benefits, 

income taxes, self-insurance liabilities and accounts receivable allowances. Specific risks related to our critical 
accounting policies are discussed below.

Long-Lived Assets

We evaluate whether there has been an impairment of goodwill on an annual basis or in an interim period if 

certain circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist. All other long-lived assets are tested for 
impairment if certain circumstances indicate that a possible impairment exists.

(In thousands)

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Long-lived assets

Total assets

Percentage of long-lived assets to total assets

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

$

$

665,758

116,422

782,180

2,566,474

$

$

$

713,356

125,871

839,227

2,572,552

30%

33%

The impairment analysis is considered critical because of the significance of long-lived assets to our 

Consolidated Balance Sheets.

We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level, which is our operating segment. We first perform a 

qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less 
than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes, but is not limited to, the results of our most recent 
quantitative impairment test, consideration of industry, market and macroeconomic conditions, cost factors, cash 
flows, changes in key management personnel and our share price. The result of this assessment determines whether it 
is necessary to perform the goodwill impairment two-step test. For the 2014 annual impairment testing, based on our 
qualitative assessment, we concluded that it is more likely than not that goodwill is not impaired.

If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying 
value, in the first step we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. 
Fair value is calculated by a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market approach model. In 
calculating fair value for each reporting unit, we generally weigh the results of the discounted cash flow model more 
heavily than the market approach because the discounted cash flow model is specific to our business and long-term 
projections. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value, the second step must be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the 
second step, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that 

P. 46 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the 
goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill.

The discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgments, estimates and assumptions, many of 

which are interdependent, about future revenues, operating margins, growth rates, capital expenditures, working 
capital and discount rates. The starting point for the assumptions used in our discounted cash flow analysis is the 
annual long-range financial forecast. The annual planning process that we undertake to prepare the long-range 
financial forecast takes into consideration a multitude of factors, including historical growth rates and operating 
performance, related industry trends, macroeconomic conditions, and marketplace data, among others. Assumptions 
are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-range financial forecast period. Our estimates of 
fair value are sensitive to changes in all of these variables, certain of which relate to broader macroeconomic 
conditions outside our control.

The market approach analysis includes applying a multiple, based on comparable market transactions, to 

certain operating metrics of the reporting unit.

The significant estimates and assumptions used by management in assessing the recoverability of goodwill and 

other long-lived assets are estimated future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, as well as other factors. Any 
changes in these estimates or assumptions could result in an impairment charge. The estimates, based on reasonable 
and supportable assumptions and projections, require management’s subjective judgment. Depending on the 
assumptions and estimates used, the estimated results of the impairment tests can vary within a range of outcomes.

In addition to annual testing, management uses certain indicators to evaluate whether the carrying values of its 

long-lived assets may not be recoverable and an interim impairment test may be required. These indicators include: 
(1) current-period operating or cash flow declines combined with a history of operating or cash flow declines or a 
projection/forecast that demonstrates continuing declines in the cash flow or the inability to improve our operations 
to forecasted levels, (2) a significant adverse change in the business climate, whether structural or technological, (3) 
significant impairments and (4) a decline in our stock price and market capitalization. 

Management has applied what it believes to be the most appropriate valuation methodology for its impairment 

testing. Additionally, management believes that the likelihood of an impairment of goodwill is remote due to the 
excess market capitalization relative to its net book value. See Notes 4 and 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Retirement Benefits

Our single-employer pension and other postretirement benefit costs are accounted for using actuarial 

valuations. We recognize the funded status of these plans – measured as the difference between plan assets, if funded, 
and the benefit obligation – on the balance sheet and recognize changes in the funded status that arise during the 
period but are not recognized as components of net periodic pension cost, within other comprehensive income/(loss), 
net of tax. The assets related to our funded pension plans are measured at fair value.

We also recognize the present value of pension liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer 

pension plans. 

We consider accounting for retirement plans critical to our operations because management is required to make 

significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include discount rates, health-care 
cost trend rates, long-term return on plan assets and mortality rates. These assumptions may have an effect on the 
amount and timing of future contributions. Depending on the assumptions and estimates used, the impact from our 
pension and other postretirement benefits could vary within a range of outcomes and could have a material effect on 
our Consolidated Financial Statements.

On October 27, 2014, the SOA released new mortality tables that increased life expectancy assumptions. During 

the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the mortality assumptions used in 
determining our pension and postretirement benefit obligations. The net impact to our qualified and non-qualified 
pension and postretirement obligations resulting from the new mortality assumptions was an increase of $117.0 and 
$4.2 million, respectively. See Note 9 and Note 10 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional 
information.

 See “— Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” below for more information on our retirement benefits.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 47

Income Taxes

We consider accounting for income taxes critical to our operating results because management is required to 

make significant subjective judgments in developing our provision for income taxes, including the determination of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowances that may be required against deferred tax assets.

Income taxes are recognized for the following: (1) amount of taxes payable for the current year and (2) deferred 
tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events that have been recognized differently in the financial 
statements than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using statutory tax rates and are 
adjusted for tax rate changes in the period of enactment.

We assess whether our deferred tax assets shall be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not 

that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our process includes collecting positive (e.g., 
sources of taxable income) and negative (e.g., recent historical losses) evidence and assessing, based on the evidence, 
whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position if that tax position is more likely than not 

of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the tax position. This involves the identification of 
potential uncertain tax positions, the evaluation of tax law and an assessment of whether a liability for uncertain tax 
positions is necessary. Different conclusions reached in this assessment can have a material impact on the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can 

involve complex issues, which could require an extended period of time to resolve. Until formal resolutions are 
reached between us and the tax authorities, the timing and amount of a possible audit settlement for uncertain tax 
benefits is difficult to predict.

Self-Insurance

We self-insure for workers’ compensation costs, automobile and general liability claims, up to certain 
deductible limits, as well as for certain employee medical and disability benefits. The recorded liabilities for self-
insured risks are primarily calculated using actuarial methods. The liabilities include amounts for actual claims, claim 
growth and claims incurred but not yet reported. Actual experience, including claim frequency and severity as well as 
health-care inflation, could result in different liabilities than the amounts currently recorded. The recorded liabilities 
for self-insured risks were approximately $43 million as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013. 

Accounts Receivable Allowances

Credit is extended to our advertisers and subscribers based upon an evaluation of the customers’ financial 
condition, and collateral is not required from such customers. We use prior credit losses as a percentage of credit sales, 
the aging of accounts receivable and specific identification of potential losses to establish reserves for credit losses on 
accounts receivable. In addition, we establish reserves for estimated rebates, returns, rate adjustments and discounts 
based on historical experience.

(In thousands)

Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable allowances

Accounts receivable - gross

Total current assets

Percentage of accounts receivable allowances to gross accounts receivable

Percentage of net accounts receivable to current assets

$

$

$

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

212,690

12,860

225,550

1,148,095

$

$

$

6%

19%

202,303

14,252

216,555

1,172,267

7%

17%

We consider accounting for accounts receivable allowances critical to our operations because of the significance 
of accounts receivable to our current assets and operating cash flows. If the financial condition of our customers were 
to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required, 
which could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

P. 48 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

PENSIONS AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

We sponsor several single-employer defined benefit pension plans, the majority of which have been frozen. We 

also participate in joint Company and Guild-sponsored plans covering employees of The New York Times Newspaper 
Guild, including The Newspaper Guild of New York - The New York Times Pension Fund, which was frozen and 
replaced with a new defined benefit pension plan, The Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan.

The table below includes the liability for all of these plans.

(In thousands)

Pension and other postretirement liabilities

Total liabilities

Percentage of pension and other postretirement liabilities to total liabilities

Pension Benefits

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

$

728,577

1,838,125

$

$

563,162

1,726,018

40%

33%

Our Company-sponsored defined benefit pension plans include qualified plans (funded) as well as non-
qualified plans (unfunded). These plans provide participating employees with retirement benefits in accordance with 
benefit formulas detailed in each plan. All of our non-qualified plans, which provide enhanced retirement benefits to 
select employees, are currently frozen, except for a foreign-based pension plan discussed below. The New York Times 
Newspaper Guild pension plan is a qualified plan and is also included in the table below.

We also have a foreign-based pension plan for certain non-U.S. employees (the “foreign plan”). The information 

for the foreign plan is combined with the information for U.S. non-qualified plans. The benefit obligation of the 
foreign plan is immaterial to our total benefit obligation.

The funded status of our qualified and non-qualified pension plans as of December 28, 2014 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Pension obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Pension underfunded/unfunded obligation, net

December 28, 2014

Qualified
Plans

Non-Qualified
Plans

All Plans

$

$

2,101,573

$

267,824

$

2,369,397

1,837,250

—

1,837,250

264,323

$

267,824

$

532,147

We made contributions of approximately $15 million to certain qualified pension plans in 2014. We expect 

contributions to total approximately $9 million to satisfy minimum funding requirements in 2015.

Pension expense is calculated using a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of 
return on assets (for qualified plans) and a discount rate. Our methodology in selecting these actuarial assumptions is 
discussed below.

In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluated input from our investment 
consultants, actuaries and investment management firms, including our review of asset class return expectations, as 
well as long-term historical asset class returns. Projected returns by such consultants and economists are based on 
broad equity and bond indices. Our objective is to select an average rate of earnings expected on existing plan assets 
and expected contributions to the plan during the year. The expected long-term rate of return determined on this 
basis was 7.00% at the beginning of 2014. Our plan assets had an average rate of return of approximately 14.3% in 
2014 and an average annual return of approximately 12.6% over the three-year period 2012-2014. We regularly review 
our actual asset allocation and periodically rebalance our investments to meet our investment strategy.

The value (“market-related value”) of plan assets is multiplied by the expected long-term rate of return on 

assets to compute the expected return on plan assets, a component of net periodic pension cost. The market-related 
value of plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes changes in fair value over three years.

Based on the composition of our assets at the end of the year, we estimated our 2015 expected long-term rate of 
return to be 7.00%, equal to 2014. If we had decreased our expected long-term rate of return on our plan assets by 50 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 49

 
basis points to 6.50% in 2014, pension expense would have increased by approximately $8 million in 2014 for our 
qualified pension plans. Our funding requirements would not have been materially affected.

We determined our discount rate using a Ryan ALM, Inc. Curve (the “Ryan Curve”). The Ryan Curve provides 

the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments for certain outliers (e.g., bonds on “watch”). We believe the 
Ryan Curve allows us to calculate an appropriate discount rate. 

To determine our discount rate, we project a cash flow based on annual accrued benefits. For active 

participants, the benefits under the respective pension plans are projected to the date of termination. The projected 
plan cash flow is discounted to the measurement date, which is the last day of our fiscal year, using the annual spot 
rates provided in the Ryan Curve. A single discount rate is then computed so that the present value of the benefit cash 
flow equals the present value computed using the Ryan Curve rates.

The weighted average discount rate determined on this basis was 4.05% for our qualified plans and 3.90% for 

our non-qualified plans as of December 28, 2014.

If we had decreased the expected discount rate by 50 basis points for our qualified plans and our non-qualified 

plans in 2014, pension expense would have increased by approximately $2 million as of December 28, 2014 and our 
pension obligation would have increased by approximately $159 million.

On October 27, 2014, the SOA released new mortality tables that increased life expectancy assumptions. During 

the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the mortality assumptions used in 
determining our pension benefit obligations.  The net impact on our qualified and non-qualified pension obligations 
resulting from the new mortality assumptions was an increase of $117.0 million.  See Note 9 of our Consolidated 
Financial Statements for additional information. 

We will continue to evaluate all of our actuarial assumptions, generally on an annual basis, and will adjust as 
necessary. Actual pension expense will depend on future investment performance, changes in future discount rates, 
the level of contributions we make and various other factors.

 We also recognize the present value of pension liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer 

pension plans. Our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability was approximately $116 million as of December 
28, 2014. This liability represents the present value of the obligations related to complete and partial withdrawals that 
have already occurred as well as an estimate of future partial withdrawals that we considered probable and 
reasonably estimable. For those plans that have yet to provide us with a demand letter, the actual liability will not be 
known until they complete a final assessment of the withdrawal liability and issue a demand to us. Therefore, the 
estimate of our multiemployer pension plan liability will be adjusted as more information becomes available that 
allows us to refine our estimates.

See Note 9 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our 

pension plans.

Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide health benefits to retired employees (and their eligible dependents) who meet the definition of an 
eligible participant and certain age and service requirements, as outlined in the plan document. While we offer pre-
age 65 retiree medical coverage to employees who meet certain retiree medical eligibility requirements, we no longer 
provide post-age 65 retiree medical benefits for employees who retired on or after March 1, 2009. We also contribute to 
a postretirement plan under the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement. We accrue the costs of postretirement 
benefits during the employees’ active years of service and our policy is to pay our portion of insurance premiums and 
claims from our assets.

On October 27, 2014, the SOA released new mortality tables that increased life expectancy assumptions. During 

the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the mortality assumptions used in 
determining our postretirement benefit obligations. The net impact to our postretirement obligations resulting from 
the new mortality assumptions was an increase of $4.2 million. See Note 10 of our Consolidated Financial Statements 
for additional information. 

The annual postretirement expense was calculated using a number of actuarial assumptions, including a health-

care cost trend rate and a discount rate. The health-care cost trend rate was 7.20% as of December 28, 2014. A one-
percentage point change in the assumed health-care cost trend rate would result in an increase of $0.1 million or a 

P. 50 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

decrease of $0.1 million in our 2014 service and interest costs, respectively, two factors included in the calculation of 
postretirement expense. A one-percentage point change in the assumed health-care cost trend rate would result in an 
increase or decrease of approximately $2 million in our accumulated benefit obligation as of December 28, 2014. Our 
discount rate assumption for postretirement benefits is consistent with that used in the calculation of pension benefits. 
See “— Pension Benefits” above for information on our discount rate assumption.

See Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our 

other postretirement benefits.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
("ASU") 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” which 
provides guidance on determining when and how reporting entities must disclose going-concern uncertainties in 
their financial statements. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an 
entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date of issuance of the entity's financial 
statements. Further, an entity must provide certain disclosures if there is "substantial doubt about the entity's ability 
to continue as a going concern. The new guidance becomes effective for the Company for fiscal years ending on or 
after December 26, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect that the 
adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material impact on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which prescribes a 

single comprehensive model for entities to use in the accounting of revenue arising from contracts with customers. 
The new guidance will supersede virtually all existing revenue guidance under GAAP and International Financial 
Reporting Standards. There are two transition options available to entities: the full retrospective approach or the 
modified retrospective approach.  Under the full retrospective approach, the Company would restate prior periods in 
compliance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 250, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” 
Alternatively, the Company may elect the modified retrospective approach, which allows for the new revenue 
standard to be applied to existing contracts as of the effective date and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment to 
retained earnings. The new guidance becomes effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning on or after 
December 26, 2016. Early adoption is prohibited. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the new 
revenue guidance; however, we do not expect that the adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material 
impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “Amendment of Discontinued Operations,” which amends the 

definition of a discontinued operation in ASC 205-20, “Presentation of Financial Statements-Discontinued 
Operations,” and requires entities to provide expanded disclosures on all disposal transactions. The new guidance is 
effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning on or after December 29, 2014.  We do not expect that the 
adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material impact on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, which prescribes that a liability related to an unrecognized tax 

benefit would be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax 
credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In 
situations in which a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at 
the reporting date under the tax law of a jurisdiction or the tax law of a jurisdiction does not require it, and the 
Company does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be 
presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. At the 
beginning of our 2014 fiscal year, we adopted ASU 2013-11 and it did not have a material impact on our financial 
statements. 

Recent accounting pronouncements not specifically identified in our disclosures are not expected to have a 

material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 51

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Our market risk is principally associated with the following:

•  We do not have interest rate risk related to our debt because, as of December 28, 2014, our portfolio does not 

include variable-rate debt.

•  Newsprint is a commodity subject to supply and demand market conditions. We have equity investments in 
two paper mills, which provide a substantial hedge against price volatility. The cost of raw materials, of 
which newsprint expense is a major component, represented approximately 6% and 7% of our total operating 
costs in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Based on the number of newsprint tons consumed in 2014 and 2013, a $10 
per ton increase in newsprint prices would have resulted in additional newsprint expense of $1.1 million (pre-
tax) in 2014 and $1.2 million (pre-tax) in 2013, but would also result in improved performance in our joint 
ventures.

•  The discount rate used to measure the benefit obligations for our qualified pension plans is determined by 

using the Ryan ACM Curve, which provides rates for the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments 
for certain outliers (e.g., bonds on “watch”). Broad equity and bond indices are used in the determination of 
the expected long term rate of return on pension plan assets. Therefore, interest rate fluctuations and volatility 
of the debt and equity markets can have a significant impact on asset values, the funded status of our pension 
plans and future anticipated contributions. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits.”

•  A significant portion of our employees are unionized and our results could be adversely affected if future 

labor negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. 
In addition, if we are unable to negotiate labor contracts on reasonable terms, or if we were to experience 
labor unrest or other business interruptions in connection with labor negotiations or otherwise, our ability to 
produce and deliver our products could be impaired.

See Notes 5, 6, 9 and 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

P. 52 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY 2014 FINANCIAL REPORT

INDEX

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial 
Reporting

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 
and December 30, 2012

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) for the years ended December 28, 2014, 
December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 28, 
2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 
and December 30, 2012

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.   Basis of Presentation

2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

3.   Marketable Securities

4.   Goodwill

5.   Investments

6.   Debt Obligations

7.   Other

8.   Fair Value Measurements

9.   Pension Benefits

10. Other Postretirement Benefits

11. Other Liabilities

12. Income Taxes

13. Discontinued Operations
14. Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

15. Stock-Based Awards

16. Stockholders’ Equity

17. Segment Information

18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

19. Subsequent Events

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the three years ended December 28, 2014

Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

PAGE

54

55

56

57

58

60

62

63

64

66

66

66

71

72

72

73

75

76

78

88

91

91

93
96

97

100

101

102

103

104

105

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 53

 
 
REPORT OF MANAGEMENT

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

The Company’s consolidated financial statements were prepared by management, who is responsible for their 

integrity and objectivity. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and, as such, include amounts based on 
management’s best estimates and judgments.

Management is further responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial 

reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The 
Company follows and continuously monitors its policies and procedures for internal control over financial reporting 
to ensure that this objective is met (see “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” below).

The consolidated financial statements were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public 

accounting firm, in 2014, 2013 and 2012. Its audits were conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public 
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and its report is shown on Page 56.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets 
regularly with the independent registered public accounting firm, internal auditors and management to discuss 
specific accounting, financial reporting and internal control matters. Both the independent registered public 
accounting firm and the internal auditors have full and free access to the Audit Committee. Each year the Audit 
Committee selects, subject to ratification by stockholders, the firm which is to perform audit and other related work 
for the Company. 

P. 54 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over 

financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with GAAP. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

•  pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 

and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

•  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

•  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or 

disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 

misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, 

assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2014. In 
making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013 framework). Based on its assessment, 
management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 28, 
2014.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, that audited the 
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an 
attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2014, which is 
included on Page 56 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 55

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The New York Times Company
New York, NY

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The New York Times Company as of 

December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
(loss)/income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended 
December 28, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed at Item 15(A)(2) of The New York 
Times Company’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility 
of The New York Times Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial 
statements and schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated 

financial position of The New York Times Company at December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, and the 
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended 
December 28, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related 
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents 
fairly in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
(United States), The New York Times Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 2014, 
based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 24, 2015 expressed an 
unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New York, New York
February 24, 2015 

P. 56 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
The New York Times Company
New York, NY

We have audited The New York Times Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 28, 

2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). The New York Times 
Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
The New York Times Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included 
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting 
includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect 

misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that 
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, The New York Times Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 

over financial reporting as of December 28, 2014 based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 

(United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The New York Times Company as of December 28, 2014 and 
December 29, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss)/income, changes in 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 28, 2014 and our 
report dated February 24, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New York, New York
February 24, 2015 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 57

 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Assets

Current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term marketable securities

Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $12,860 in 2014 and $14,252 in 2013)

Deferred income taxes

Prepaid expenses

Other current assets

Total current assets

Long-term marketable securities

Investments in joint ventures

Property, plant and equipment:

Equipment

Buildings, building equipment and improvements

Software

Land

Assets in progress

Total, at cost

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

Property, plant and equipment, net

Goodwill

Deferred income taxes

Miscellaneous assets

Total assets

 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

176,607

$

636,743

212,690

63,640

25,635

32,780

482,745

364,880

202,303

65,859

20,250

36,230

1,148,095

1,172,267

167,820

22,069

542,265

652,220

208,241

105,710

10,685

1,519,121

(853,363)

665,758

116,422

252,587

193,723

176,155

40,213

623,249

650,293

189,684

105,710

15,402

1,584,338

(870,982)

713,356

125,871

179,989

164,701

$

2,566,474

$

2,572,552

P. 58 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — continued

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current liabilities

Accounts payable

Accrued payroll and other related liabilities

Unexpired subscriptions

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Accrued expenses

Accrued income taxes

Total current liabilities

Other liabilities

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Pension benefits obligation

Postretirement benefits obligation

Other

Total other liabilities

Stockholders’ equity

Common stock of $.10 par value:

Class A – authorized: 300,000,000 shares; issued: 2014 – 151,701,136; 2013 – 151,289,625
(including treasury shares: 2014 – 2,180,442; 2013 – 2,180,471)

Class B – convertible – authorized and issued shares: 2014 – 816,635; 2013 – 818,061 (including
treasury shares: 2014 – none; 2013 – none)

Additional paid-in capital

Retained earnings

Common stock held in treasury, at cost

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes:

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Funded status of benefit plans

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes

Total New York Times Company stockholders’ equity

Noncontrolling interest

Total stockholders’ equity

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

94,401

$

91,755

58,736

223,662

124,740

7,214

600,508

426,458

631,756

71,628

107,775

90,982

91,629

58,007

21

107,734

138

348,511

684,142

444,328

90,602

158,435

1,237,617

1,377,507

15,170

82

39,217

15,129

82

33,045

1,291,907

(86,253)

1,283,518

(86,253)

5,705

(539,500)

(533,795)

726,328

2,021

728,349

12,674

(415,285)

(402,611)

842,910

3,624

846,534

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

2,566,474

$

2,572,552

 See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 59

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

$

836,822

$

824,277

$

662,315

89,391

666,687

86,266

795,037

711,829

88,475

1,588,528

1,577,230

1,595,341

88,958

357,573

197,464

643,995

761,055

79,455

92,886

332,085

201,942

626,913

706,354

78,477

106,381

331,321

213,616

651,318

711,112

78,980

1,484,505

1,411,744

1,441,410

2,550

9,525

—

—

91,948

—

—

(8,368)

53,730

29,850

(3,541)

33,391

—

(1,086)

(1,086)

32,305

1,002

—

3,228

6,171

—

156,087

—

—

(3,215)

58,073

94,799

37,892

56,907

(20,413)

28,362

7,949

64,856

249

—

47,657

—

2,620

103,654

220,275

5,500

2,936

62,808

258,557

94,617

163,940

(113,447)

85,520

(27,927)

136,013

(166)

$

$

$

33,307

$

65,105

$

135,847

34,393

$

57,156

$

(1,086)

7,949

33,307

$

65,105

$

163,774

(27,927)

135,847

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands)

Revenues

Circulation

Advertising

Other

Total revenues

Operating costs

Production costs:

Raw materials

Wages and benefits

Other

Total production costs

Selling, general and administrative costs

Depreciation and amortization

Total operating costs

Early termination charge

Pension settlement charge

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Other expense

Operating profit

Gain on sale of investments

Impairment of investments

(Loss)/income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Income from continuing operations

Discontinued operations:

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

(Loss)/gain on sale, net of income taxes

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Net loss/(income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

Net income attributable to The New York Times Company common
stockholders

Amounts attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

P. 60 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS — continued

(In thousands, except per share data)

Average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Basic earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company common
stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company common
stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Dividends declared per share

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

150,673

161,323

149,755

157,774

148,147

152,693

$

$

$

$

$

0.23

$

(0.01)

0.22

$

0.21

$

(0.01)

0.20

0.16

$

$

0.38

0.05

0.43

0.36

0.05

0.41

0.08

$

$

$

$

$

1.11

(0.19)

0.92

1.07

(0.18)

0.89

—

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 61

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS)/INCOME

(In thousands)

Net income

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, before tax:

Foreign currency translation adjustments-(loss)/gain

Unrealized derivative gain on cash-flow hedge of equity method investment

Unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale security

Pension and postretirement benefits obligation

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, before tax

Income tax benefit/(expense)

Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax

Comprehensive (loss)/income

Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

Comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders

  See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

(53 weeks)

(52 weeks)

$

32,305

$

64,856

$

136,013

(11,006)

—

—

(206,889)

(217,895)

86,110

(131,785)

(99,480)

1,603

2,613

—

729

180,340

183,682

(73,165)

110,517

175,373

(313)

536

1,143

(729)

(27,222)

(26,272)

10,760

(15,512)

120,501

(162)

$

(97,877) $

175,060

$

120,339

P. 62 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In thousands,
except share and
per share data)

Capital 
Stock 
Class A
and
Class B 
Common

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury,
at Cost

Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Loss, Net of
Income
Taxes

Total
New York
Times
Company
Stock-
holders’
Equity

Non-
controlling
Interest

Total
Stock-
holders’
Equity

Balance, December 25, 2011

$ 15,083 $

32,024 $1,094,603 $(110,974) $

(497,058) $

533,678 $

3,149 $ 536,827

Net income

Other comprehensive loss

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 176,400 Class A
shares

Stock conversions – 500 Class B
shares to Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested – 92,847
Class A shares

401(k) Company stock match –
490,031 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

Income tax shortfall related to share-
based payments

—

—

18

—

8

—

—

—

—

—

712

—

(656)

(10,785)

5,329

(1,014)

135,847

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

147

14,549

—

—

—

135,847

166

136,013

(15,508)

(15,508)

(4)

(15,512)

—

—

—

—

—

—

730

—

(501)

3,764

5,329

(1,014)

—

—

—

—

—

—

730

—

(501)

3,764

5,329

(1,014)

Balance, December 30, 2012

15,109

25,610

1,230,450

(96,278)

(512,566)

662,325

3,311

665,636

Net income/(loss)

Dividends

Other comprehensive income

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 914,272 Class A
shares

Stock conversions – 324 Class B
shares to Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested –
104,054 Class A shares

401(k) Company stock match –
303,066 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

Income tax benefit related to share-based
payments

—

—

—

92

—

10

—

—

—

—

—

—

4,994

—

(756)

(6,571)

6,813

2,955

65,105

(12,037)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10,025

—

—

—

—

65,105

(12,037)

(249)

64,856

— (12,037)

109,955

109,955

562

110,517

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,086

—

(746)

3,454

6,813

2,955

—

—

—

—

—

—

5,086

—

(746)

3,454

6,813

2,955

Balance, December 29, 2013

15,211

33,045

1,283,518

(86,253)

(402,611)

842,910

3,624

846,534

Net income/(loss)

Dividends

Other comprehensive income

Issuance of shares:

Stock options – 169,286 Class A
shares

Stock conversions – 1,426 Class B
shares to Class A shares

Restricted stock units vested –
241,607 Class A shares

Stock-based compensation

Income tax shortfall related to share-
based payments

—

—

—

17

—

24

—

—

—

—

—

1,102

—

(2,355)

9,480

(2,055)

33,307

(24,918)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

33,307

(24,918)

(1,002)

32,305

— (24,918)

(131,184)

(131,184)

(601)

(131,785)

—

—

—

—

—

1,119

—

(2,331)

9,480

(2,055)

—

—

—

—

—

1,119

—

(2,331)

9,480

(2,055)

Balance, December 28, 2014

$ 15,252 $

39,217 $1,291,907 $ (86,253) $

(533,795) $

726,328 $

2,021 $ 728,349

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 63

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Impairment of assets

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Gain on insurance settlement

Pension settlement charge

Early termination charge

Other expense

Gain on sale of investments

Impairment on investments

Loss/(Gain) on sale of New England Media Group & About Group

Loss on sale of Regional Media Group

Depreciation and amortization

Stock-based compensation expense

Undistributed loss of joint ventures

Deferred income taxes

Long-term retirement benefit obligations

Uncertain tax positions

Other – net

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable – net

Inventories

Other current assets

Accounts payable and other liabilities

Unexpired subscriptions

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchases of marketable securities

Maturities of marketable securities

Repayment of borrowings against cash surrender value of corporate-owned life
insurance

Proceeds from sale of business

Proceeds from investments – net of purchases

Capital expenditures

Proceeds from insurance settlement

Change in restricted cash

Other-net

Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Repayment of debt and capital lease obligations

Dividends paid

Stock option exercises

Windfall tax benefit related to share-based payments

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. 

P. 64 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

32,305 $

64,856 $

136,013

—

—

(1,859)

9,525

2,550

—

—

—

—

—

79,455

8,880

10,980

(10,621)

(37,334)

17,310

12,141

(10,166)

(811)

1,318

(33,911)

729

80,491

34,300

14,168

—

3,228

—

—

—

—

(47,561)

—

85,477

8,741

3,619

44,102

(112,133)

1,387

11,541

3,148

176

1,675

(83,072)

1,203

34,855

(777,945)

506,711

(860,848)

447,350

(26,005)

—

7,331

(35,350)

1,638

(1,401)

304

—

68,585

12,004

(16,942)

—

(3,806)

—

194,732

—

—

47,657

—

2,620

(220,275)

5,500

(96,675)

5,441

103,775

4,693

2,586

1,380

(143,724)

(1,049)

10,786

5,130

6,806

(8,477)

18,429

3,962

79,310

(439,700)

409,726

—

456,158

250,918

(34,888)

—

3,287

1,312

(324,717)

(353,657)

646,813

(38,857)

(24,858)

1,120

1,209

(61,386)

(305,612)

(526)

(19,959)

(6,040)

5,086

1,654

(19,259)

(338,061)

316

482,745

176,607 $

820,490

482,745 $

$

(81,584)

—

730

—

(80,854)

645,269

70

175,151

820,490

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES TO CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash Flow Information

(In thousands)

Cash payments

Interest, net of capitalized interest

Income tax payment/(refunds) – net

See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Non-Cash Investing Activities

Years Ended

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

$

54,252 $

21,325 $

54,821 $

42,792 $

60,005

(6,627)

Non-cash investing activities in 2012 included approximately $14 million for amounts held in escrow to satisfy 
certain indemnification provisions related to the sale of our ownership interest in Indeed.com in 2012. In each of 2014 
and 2013, we received approximately $7 million of the total amount held in escrow, constituting the remaining 
balance. See Note 5 for additional information regarding the sale. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 65

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

Nature of Operations

The New York Times Company is a global media organization that includes newspapers, digital businesses, 

investments in paper mills and other investments (see Note 5). The New York Times Company and its consolidated 
subsidiaries are referred to collectively as the “Company,” “we,” “our” and “us.” Our major sources of revenue are 
circulation and advertising.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include the accounts of our Company 
and our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries after elimination of all significant intercompany transactions.

The portion of the net income or loss and equity of a subsidiary attributable to the owners of a subsidiary other 
than the Company (a noncontrolling interest) is included as a component of consolidated stockholders‘ equity in our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets, within net income or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Operations, within 
comprehensive income or loss in our Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss) and as a component 
of consolidated stockholders’ equity in our Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and 

assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Actual results could differ 
from these estimates.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year end is the last Sunday in December. Fiscal years 2014 and 2013 each comprise 52 weeks and 

fiscal year 2012 comprises 53 weeks. Our fiscal years ended as of December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013, and 
December 30, 2012. 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of 3 months or less to be cash 

equivalents.

Marketable Securities

We have investments in marketable debt securities. We determine the appropriate classification of our 

investments at the date of purchase and reevaluate the classifications at the balance sheet date. Marketable debt 
securities with maturities of 12 months or less are classified as short-term. Marketable debt securities with maturities 
greater than 12 months are classified as long-term. We have the intent and ability to hold our marketable debt 
securities until maturity; therefore, they are accounted for as held-to-maturity and stated at amortized cost. We had a 
marketable equity security which was accounted for as available-for-sale and stated at fair value until the sale of the 
investment in the fourth quarter of 2013 (see Note 3). Changes in the fair value of our available-for-sale security were 
recognized as unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income/
(loss) (“AOCI”). 

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentration of risk, are cash and cash equivalents and 

investments. Cash and cash equivalents are placed with major financial institutions. As of December 28, 2014, we had 
cash balances at financial institutions in excess of federal insurance limits. We periodically evaluate the credit 
standing of these financial institutions as part of our ongoing investment strategy.

Our investment portfolio consists of investment-grade securities diversified among security types, issuers and 

industries. Our cash and investments are primarily managed by third-party investment managers who are required to 
adhere to investment policies approved by our Board of Directors designed to mitigate risk. 

P. 66 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Accounts Receivable

Credit is extended to our advertisers and our subscribers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial 
condition, and collateral is not required from such customers. Allowances for estimated credit losses, rebates, returns, 
rate adjustments and discounts are generally established based on historical experience.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or current market value. Inventory cost is generally based on the last-

in, first-out (“LIFO”) method for newsprint and the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method for other inventories.

Investments

Investments in which we have at least a 20%, but not more than a 50%, interest are generally accounted for 

under the equity method. Investment interests below 20% are generally accounted for under the cost method, except 
if we could exercise significant influence, the investment would be accounted for under the equity method. 

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the 

shorter of estimated asset service lives or lease terms as follows: buildings, building equipment and improvements – 
10 to 40 years; equipment – 3 to 30 years; and software – 2 to 5 years. We capitalize interest costs and certain staffing 
costs as part of the cost of major projects.

We evaluate whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets, primarily property, plant and 
equipment, if certain circumstances indicate that a possible impairment may exist. These assets are tested for 
impairment at the asset group level associated with the lowest level of cash flows. An impairment exists if the 
carrying value of the asset (1) is not recoverable (the carrying value of the asset is greater than the sum of 
undiscounted cash flows) and (2) is greater than its fair value. 

Goodwill

Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair value of tangible and other intangible net assets acquired. Goodwill 

is not amortized but tested for impairment annually or in an interim period if certain circumstances indicate a 
possible impairment may exist. Our annual impairment testing date is the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter. 

We test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level, which is our single operating segment. We first 
perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit 
is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes, but is not limited to, the results of our most recent 
quantitative impairment test, consideration of industry, market and macroeconomic conditions, cost factors, cash 
flows, changes in key management personnel and our share price. The result of this assessment determines whether it 
is necessary to perform the goodwill impairment two-step test. For the 2014 annual impairment testing, based on our 
qualitative assessment, we concluded that it is more likely than not that goodwill is not impaired.

If we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying 
value, in the first step, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. 
Fair value is calculated by a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market approach model. In 
calculating fair value for our reporting unit, we generally weigh the results of the discounted cash flow model more 
heavily than the market approach because the discounted cash flow model is specific to our business and long-term 
projections. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. If the carrying amount 
exceeds the fair value, the second step must be performed to measure the amount of the impairment loss, if any. In the 
second step, we compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that 
goodwill. An impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying amount of the 
goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill.

The discounted cash flow analysis requires us to make various judgments, estimates and assumptions, many of 

which are interdependent, about future revenues, operating margins, growth rates, capital expenditures, working 
capital and discount rates. The starting point for the assumptions used in our discounted cash flow analysis is the 
annual long-range financial forecast. The annual planning process that we undertake to prepare the long-range 
financial forecast takes into consideration a multitude of factors, including historical growth rates and operating 
performance, related industry trends, macroeconomic conditions, and marketplace data, among others. Assumptions 
are also made for perpetual growth rates for periods beyond the long-range financial forecast period. Our estimates of 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 67

fair value are sensitive to changes in all of these variables, certain of which relate to broader macroeconomic 
conditions outside our control.

The market approach analysis includes applying a multiple, based on comparable market transactions, to 

certain operating metrics of the reporting unit.

All other long-lived assets were tested for impairment at the asset group level associated with the lowest level 

of cash flows. An impairment exists if the carrying value of the asset (1) was not recoverable (the carrying value of the 
asset was greater than the sum of undiscounted cash flows) and (2) was greater than its fair value.

The significant estimates and assumptions used by management in assessing the recoverability of goodwill 
acquired and other long-lived assets are estimated future cash flows, discount rates, growth rates, as well as other 
factors. Any changes in these estimates or assumptions could result in an impairment charge. The estimates, based on 
reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections, require management’s subjective judgment. Depending on 
the assumptions and estimates used, the estimated results of the impairment tests can vary within a range of 
outcomes.

In addition to annual testing, management uses certain indicators to evaluate whether the carrying values of its 

long-lived assets may not be recoverable and an interim impairment test may be required. These indicators include: 
(1) current-period operating or cash flow declines combined with a history of operating or cash flow declines or a 
projection/forecast that demonstrates continuing declines in the cash flow or the inability to improve our operations 
to forecasted levels, (2) a significant adverse change in the business climate, whether structural or technological, (3) 
significant impairments and (4) a decline in our stock price and market capitalization. 

Management has applied what it believes to be the most appropriate valuation methodology for its impairment 

testing. Additionally, management believes that the likelihood of an impairment of goodwill is remote due to the 
excess market capitalization relative to its net book value. See Notes 4 and 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.

Self-Insurance

We self-insure for workers’ compensation costs, automobile and general liability claims, up to certain 
deductible limits, as well as for certain employee medical and disability benefits. The recorded liabilities for self-
insured risks are primarily calculated using actuarial methods. The liabilities include amounts for actual claims, claim 
growth and claims incurred but not yet reported. The recorded liabilities for self-insured risks were approximately 
$43 million as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013. 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits

Our single-employer pension and other postretirement benefit costs are accounted for using actuarial 

valuations. We recognize the funded status of these plans – measured as the difference between plan assets, if funded, 
and the benefit obligation – on the balance sheet and recognize changes in the funded status that arise during the 
period but are not recognized as components of net periodic pension cost, within other comprehensive income/(loss), 
net of income taxes. The assets related to our funded pension plans are measured at fair value.

We make significant subjective judgments about a number of actuarial assumptions, which include discount 

rates, health-care cost trend rates, long-term return on plan assets and mortality rates. Depending on the assumptions 
and estimates used, the impact from our pension and other postretirement benefits could vary within a range of 
outcomes and could have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

We also recognize the present value of pension liabilities associated with the withdrawal from multiemployer 
pension plans. We assess a liability, for obligations related to complete and partial withdrawals from multiemployer 
pension plans, as well as estimate obligations for future partial withdrawals that we consider probable and 
reasonably estimable. The actual liability is not known until each plan completes a final assessment of the withdrawal 
liability and issues a demand to us. Therefore, we adjust the estimate of our multiemployer pension plan liability as 
more information becomes available that allows us to refine our estimates.

See Notes 9 and 10 for additional information regarding pension and other postretirement benefits.

P. 68 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Revenue Recognition 

Circulation revenues include single-copy and subscription revenues. Circulation revenues are based on the 

number of copies of the printed newspaper (through home-delivery subscriptions and single-copy sales) and digital 
subscriptions sold and the rates charged to the respective customers. Single-copy revenue is recognized based on date 
of publication, net of provisions for related returns. Proceeds from subscription revenues are deferred at the time of 
sale and are recognized in earnings on a pro rata basis over the terms of the subscriptions. When our digital 
subscriptions are sold through third parties, we are a principal in the transaction and, therefore, revenues and related 
costs to third parties for these sales are reported on a gross basis. Several factors are considered to determine whether 
we are a principal, most notably whether we are the primary obligor to the customer and have determined the selling 
price and product specifications.

Advertising revenues are recognized when advertisements are published in newspapers or placed on digital 

platforms or, with respect to certain digital advertising, each time a user clicks on certain advertisements, net of 
provisions for estimated rebates, rate adjustments and discounts.

We recognize a rebate obligation as a reduction of revenues, based on the amount of estimated rebates that will 
be earned and claimed, related to the underlying revenue transactions during the period. Measurement of the rebate 
obligation is estimated based on the historical experience of the number of customers that ultimately earn and use the 
rebate.

Rate adjustments primarily represent credits given to customers related to billing or production errors and 

discounts represent credits given to customers who pay an invoice prior to its due date. Rate adjustments and 
discounts are accounted for as a reduction of revenues, based on the amount of estimated rate adjustments or 
discounts related to the underlying revenues during the period. Measurement of rate adjustments and discount 
obligations are estimated based on historical experience of credits actually issued.

Other revenues are recognized when the related service or product has been delivered. 

Income Taxes

Income taxes are recognized for the following: (1) amount of taxes payable for the current year and (2) deferred 
tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequence of events that have been recognized differently in the financial 
statements than for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are established using statutory tax rates and are 
adjusted for tax rate changes in the period of enactment.

We assess whether our deferred tax assets should be reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than 

not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Our process includes collecting positive 
(e.g., sources of taxable income) and negative (e.g., recent historical losses) evidence and assessing, based on the 
evidence, whether it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

We recognize in our financial statements the impact of a tax position if that tax position is more likely than not 

of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the tax position. This involves the identification of 
potential uncertain tax positions, the evaluation of tax law and an assessment of whether a liability for uncertain tax 
positions is necessary. Different conclusions reached in this assessment can have a material impact on our 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

We operate within multiple taxing jurisdictions and are subject to audit in these jurisdictions. These audits can 

involve complex issues, which could require an extended period of time to resolve. Until formal resolutions are 
reached between us and the tax authorities, the timing and amount of a possible audit settlement for uncertain tax 
benefits is difficult to predict.

Stock-Based Compensation

We establish fair value for our stock-based awards to determine our cost and recognize the related expense over 

the appropriate vesting period. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for outstanding stock-settled long-
term performance awards, stock-settled and cash-settled restricted stock units, stock options and stock appreciation 
rights. See Note 15 for additional information related to stock-based compensation expense. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 69

Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings/(loss) available to common stockholders 
by the weighted-average common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is calculated similarly, except 
that it includes the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of securities, including outstanding warrants and the effect 
of shares issuable under our Company’s stock-based incentive plans if such effect is dilutive. 

The two-class method is an earnings allocation method for computing earnings/(loss) per share when a 
company’s capital structure includes either two or more classes of common stock or common stock and participating 
securities. This method determines earnings/(loss) per share based on dividends declared on common stock and 
participating securities (i.e., distributed earnings), as well as participation rights of participating securities in any 
undistributed earnings. 

Foreign Currency Translation

The assets and liabilities of foreign companies are translated at year-end exchange rates. Results of operations 
are translated at average rates of exchange in effect during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is included 
as a separate component in the Stockholders’ Equity section of our Consolidated Balance Sheets, in the caption 
“Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update 
("ASU") 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” which 
provides guidance on determining when and how reporting entities must disclose going-concern uncertainties in 
their financial statements. The new standard requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an 
entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date of issuance of the entity's financial 
statements. Further, an entity must provide certain disclosures if there is "substantial doubt about the entity's ability 
to continue as a going concern.” The new guidance becomes effective for the Company for fiscal years ending on or 
after December 26, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect that the 
adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material impact on our financial condition and results of 
operations. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which prescribes a 

single comprehensive model for entities to use in the accounting of revenue arising from contracts with customers. 
The new guidance will supersede virtually all existing revenue guidance under GAAP and International Financial 
Reporting Standards. There are two transition options available to entities: the full retrospective approach or the 
modified retrospective approach. Under the full retrospective approach, the Company would restate prior periods in 
compliance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 250, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”. 
Alternatively, the Company may elect the modified retrospective approach, which allows for the new revenue 
standard to be applied to existing contracts as of the effective date and record a cumulative catch-up adjustment to 
retained earnings. The new guidance becomes effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning December 26, 
2016. Early application is prohibited. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of the new revenue 
guidance; however, we do not expect that the adoption of the new accounting guidance will have a material impact 
on our financial condition and results of operations.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-08, “Amendment of Discontinued Operations,” which amends the 

definition of a discontinued operation in ASC 205-20, “Presentation of Financial Statements-Discontinued 
Operations,” and requires entities to provide expanded disclosures on all disposal transactions. The new guidance is 
effective for the Company for fiscal years beginning on or after December 29, 2014. 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, which prescribes that a liability related to an unrecognized tax 

benefit would be offset against a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax 
credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. In 
situations in which a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward is not available at 
the reporting date under the tax law of a jurisdiction or the tax law of a jurisdiction does not require it, and the 
Company does not intend to use the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be 
presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. At the 
beginning of our 2014 fiscal year, we adopted ASU 2013-11 and it did not have a material impact on our financial 
statements. 

P. 70 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Recent accounting pronouncements not specifically identified in our disclosures are not expected to have a 

material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

3. Marketable Securities

Our marketable debt securities consisted of the following:

(In thousands)

Short-term marketable securities

Marketable debt securities

U.S Treasury securities

Corporate debt securities

U.S. agency securities

Municipal securities

Certificates of deposit

Commercial paper

Total short-term marketable securities

Long-term marketable securities

Marketable debt securities

Corporate debt securities

U.S. agency securities

Municipal securities

Total long-term marketable securities

Marketable debt securities

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

238,488

$

143,510

208,346

32,009

13,622

109,293

34,985

78,991

31,518

48,035

31,949

30,877

636,743

$

364,880

71,191

$

95,204

1,425

98,979

73,697

3,479

167,820

$

176,155

$

$

$

As of December 28, 2014, our short-term and long-term marketable securities had remaining maturities of 1 

month to 12 months and 13 months to 36 months, respectively. 

Marketable equity security

Our investment in the common stock of Brightcove, Inc. was accounted for as available-for-sale and stated at 
fair value. Changes in the fair value of our available-for-sale security were recognized as unrealized gains or losses 
within “Long-term marketable securities” and “Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes” in our 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and “Unrealized gain/(loss) on available-for-sale security” in our 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss).

During the fourth quarter of 2013, we sold our remaining investment in the common stock of Brightcove, Inc. 
We received cash proceeds of $5.5 million and recognized a gain of $1.1 million, ($0.7 million, net of tax). Upon sale, 
net realized gains were transferred from accumulated other comprehensive income into the Condensed Consolidated 
Statement of Income.

See Note 8 for additional information regarding the fair value of our marketable securities.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 71

4. Goodwill

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in 2014 and 2013 were as follows:  

(In thousands)

Balance as of December 30, 2012

Goodwill transferred to held for sale (1)

Foreign currency translation

Balance as of December 29, 2013

Foreign currency translation

Balance as of December 28, 2014

Total Company

$

$

122,691

—

3,180

125,871

(9,449)

116,422

(1)  See Note 13 for additional information regarding the assets and liabilities held for sale for the New England Media Group.

The foreign currency translation line item reflects changes in goodwill resulting from fluctuating exchange rates 

related to the consolidation of certain international subsidiaries.

5. Investments

Equity Method Investments    

As of December 28, 2014, our investments in joint ventures consisted of equity ownership interests in the 

following entities:

Company

Donohue Malbaie Inc.

Madison Paper Industries

Approximate %
Ownership

49%

40%

Our investments above are accounted for under the equity method, and are recorded in “Investments in joint 
ventures” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Our proportionate shares of the operating results of our investments 
are recorded in “(Loss)/income from joint ventures” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and in 
“Investments in joint ventures” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In the first quarter of 2013, we recorded a nominal charge for the impairment of our investment in 

quandrantONE LLC as a result of its February 2013 announcement of the wind down of its operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed the sale of the New England Media Group and our 49% equity 

interest in Metro Boston, and classified the results as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 13 
for additional information. 

Malbaie & Madison

We have investments in Donohue Malbaie, Inc. (“Malbaie”), a Canadian newsprint company, and Madison 

Paper Industries (“Madison”), a partnership operating a supercalendered paper mill in Maine (together, the “Paper 
Mills”). 

We have a 49% equity interest in a Canadian newsprint company, Malbaie. The other 51% is owned by 
Resolute FP Canada Inc., a subsidiary of Resolute Forest Products Inc. (“Resolute”), a Delaware corporation. Resolute 
is a large global manufacturer of paper, market pulp and wood products. Malbaie manufactures newsprint on the 
paper machine it owns within Resolute’s paper mill in Clermont, Quebec. Malbaie is wholly dependent upon 
Resolute for its pulp, which is purchased by Malbaie from Resolute’s Clermont paper mill. 

Our Company and UPM-Kymmene Corporation, a Finnish paper manufacturing company, are partners 
through subsidiary companies in Madison. The Company’s percentage ownership of Madison, which represents 40%, 
is through an 80%-owned consolidated subsidiary. UPM-Kymmene owns 60% of Madison, including a 10% interest 
through a 20% noncontrolling interest in the consolidated subsidiary of the Company.

We received distributions from Malbaie of $3.9 million in 2014, $1.4 million in 2013 and $7.3 million in 2012. 

We received distributions from Madison of $0.0 million in 2014, $0.0 million in 2013 and $2.0 million in 2012.

P. 72 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
We purchased newsprint and supercalendered paper from the Paper Mills at competitive prices. Such 

purchases aggregated approximately $20 million in 2014, $21 million in 2013 and $26 million in 2012.

Impairment of Equity Method Investments

During the fourth quarter of 2014, we recognized an impairment charge of $9.2 million for our investment in 
Madison. Our proportionate share of the loss was $4.7 million after adjusting for tax and the allocation of the loss to 
the non-controlling interest.

Cost Method Investments

Gain on Sale of Investments

We recorded a gain on sale of investments totaling $220.3 million in 2012. 

Fenway Sports Group

In the first quarter of 2012, we sold 100 of our units in Fenway Sports Group for an aggregate price of $30.0 

million (pre-tax gain of $17.8 million) and in the second quarter of 2012, we sold our remaining 210 units for an 
aggregate price of $63.0 million (pre-tax gain of $37.8 million). Effective with the first quarter of 2012 sale, given our 
reduced ownership level and lack of influence on the operations of Fenway Sports Group, we changed the accounting 
for this investment from the equity method to the cost method. Therefore, starting in the first quarter of 2012, we no 
longer recognized our proportionate share of the operating results of Fenway Sports Group in joint venture results in 
our Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

Indeed.com

In the fourth quarter of 2012, Indeed.com, a search engine for jobs in which we had an ownership interest, was 

sold. We recorded a pre-tax gain of $164.6 million. The pre-tax proceeds from the sale of our interest were 
approximately $167 million.

Impairment of Cost Method Investments

In 2012, we recorded non-cash impairment charges of $5.5 million to reduce the carrying value of certain 
investments to fair value. The impairment charges were primarily related to our investment in Ongo Inc., a consumer 
service for reading and sharing digital news and information from multiple publishers. See Note 8 for additional 
information regarding the fair value of these investments.

6. Debt Obligations

Our current indebtedness included senior notes and the repurchase option related to a sale-leaseback of a portion of 

our New York headquarters. Our total debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

(In thousands, except percentages)

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Coupon Rate

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

Senior notes due in 2015, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $7 in 2014

5.0% $

223,662

$

Short-term capital lease obligations(1)

    Total current portion of debt and capital lease obligations

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations

—

223,662

—

21

21

Senior notes due 2015, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $43 in 2013

5.0%

—

244,057

Senior notes due in 2016, net of unamortized debt costs and discount of $1,566 in 2014 and
$2,484 in 2013

Option to repurchase ownership interest in headquarters building in 2019, net of unamortized
debt costs and discount of $17,882 in 2014 and $21,741 in 2013

Long-term capital lease obligations

Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations

Total debt and capital lease obligations

6.625%

187,604

205,111

232,118

6,736

426,458

$

650,120

$

228,259

6,715

684,142

684,163

(1) 

Included in “Accrued expenses and other” in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

See Note 8 for information regarding the fair value of our long-term debt. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 73

The aggregate face amount of maturities of debt over the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

(In thousands)

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

Total face amount of maturities

Less: Unamortized debt costs and discount

Carrying value of debt (excludes capital leases)

Amount

223,669

189,170

—

—

250,000

—

662,839

(19,455)

643,384

$

$

Interest expense, net, as shown in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations was as follows:

(In thousands)

Cash interest expense

Premium on debt repurchases

Amortization of debt costs and discount on debt

Capitalized interest

Interest income

Total interest expense, net

4.610% Notes

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

51,877

$

52,913

$

2,538

4,651

(152)

(5,184)

53,730

$

2,127

4,548

—

(1,515)

58,073

$

58,291

428

4,516

(17)

(410)

62,808

$

$

On September 26, 2012, we repaid in full all $75.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.610% senior notes due on 

that date (“4.610% Notes”). 

5.0% Notes

In 2005, we issued $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% senior unsecured notes due March 15, 2015 

(“5.0% Notes”). During 2014, we repurchased $20.4 million principal amount of our 5.0% Notes and recorded a $0.3 
million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchase. During 2012, we repurchased $5.9 million principal amount of 
our 5.0% Notes and recorded a $0.4 million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchase. This charge is included in 
“Interest expense, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

The 5.0% Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount 
of the notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date plus a “make-whole” premium. The 5.0% 
Notes are not otherwise callable.

The 5.0% Notes are subject to certain covenants that, among other things, limit (subject to customary exceptions) 

our ability and the ability of certain material subsidiaries to:

• 

create liens on certain assets to secure debt; and

•  enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions.

The Company intends to repay the 5.0% Notes in full at their maturity on March 15, 2015 from cash on hand.

6.625% Notes

In November 2010, we issued $225.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6.625% senior unsecured notes due on 
December 15, 2016 (“6.625% Notes”). During 2014, we repurchased $18.4 million principal amount of our 6.625% Notes 
and recorded a $2.2 million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchases. During 2013, we repurchased $17.4 million 
principal amount of our 6.625% Notes and recorded a $2.1 million pre-tax charge in connection with the repurchases. 

P. 74 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

We have the option to redeem all or a portion of the 6.625% Notes, at any time, at a price equal to 100% of the 

principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date plus a “make-whole” 
premium. The 6.625% Notes are not otherwise callable.

The 6.625% Notes are subject to certain covenants that, among other things, limit (subject to customary exceptions) 

our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries to:

• 

incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock;

•  pay dividends or make other equity distributions;

•  agree to any restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to make payments to us;

• 

create liens on certain assets to secure debt;

•  make certain investments;

•  merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and

•  engage in sale-leaseback transactions.

Warrants

In January 2009, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued warrants to affiliates of Carlos Slim Helú, 

the beneficial owner of approximately 8% of our Class A Common Stock (excluding the warrants), to purchase 15.9 
million shares of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $6.3572 per share. On January 14, 2015, the warrant holders 
exercised these warrants in full and the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $101.1 million from this 
exercise. The Company currently intends to use the cash proceeds to repurchase Class A shares from time to time in open 
market transactions as conditions permit. See Note 19 for additional information.

Sale-Leaseback Financing

In March 2009, we entered into an agreement to sell and simultaneously lease back a portion of our leasehold 
condominium interest in our Company’s headquarters building located at 620 Eighth Avenue in New York City (the 
“Condo Interest”). The sale price for the Condo Interest was $225.0 million. We have an option, exercisable in 2019, to 
repurchase the Condo Interest for $250.0 million. The lease term is 15 years, and we have three renewal options that could 
extend the term for an additional 20 years.

The transaction is accounted for as a financing transaction. As such, we have continued to depreciate the Condo 

Interest and account for the rental payments as interest expense. The difference between the purchase option price of 
$250.0 million and the net sale proceeds of approximately $210.5 million, or approximately $39.0 million, is being 
amortized over a 10-year period through interest expense. The effective interest rate on this transaction was 
approximately 13%.

Revolving Credit Facility

In November 2012, we terminated our $125.0 million asset-backed five-year revolving credit facility and recorded a 
pre-tax charge of $1.4 million in connection with the early termination, which is included in “Interest expense, net” in our 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.   

7. Other

Severance Costs

In October 2014, we announced cost-saving efforts that have resulted in a number of workforce reductions and 
layoffs across the Company. The workforce reductions are actions taken under our severance plan in connection with 
our continued focus on operating efficiencies. In accordance with ASC 712, “Compensation - Nonretirement 
Postemployment Benefits,” we accounted for this liability in the third quarter of 2014 when the liability was probable 
and reasonably estimable. In December 2014, we adjusted the liability upward to reflect the actual payout, which will 
occur in 2015. We recognized severance costs of $36.1 million in 2014, $12.4 million in 2013 and $12.3 million in 2012. 
These costs are recorded in “Selling, general and administrative costs” in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of 
Operations.

We had a severance liability of $34.6 million and $10.3 million included in “Accrued expenses and other” in our 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively. We anticipate most of the 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 75

expenditures associated with the workforce reductions will be recognized within the next twelve months. See recent 
developments in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for 
additional information. 

Early Termination Charge

In 2014, we recorded a $2.6 million charge for the early termination of a distribution agreement.

Pension Settlement Charge

In 2014, we recorded a $9.5 million pension settlement charge in connection with a lump-sum payment offer to 

certain former employees. See Note 9 for additional information regarding the pension settlement charge.

Reserve for Uncertain Tax Positions

In 2014, we recorded a $21.1 million income tax benefit primarily due to a reduction in the Company’s reserve 

for uncertain tax positions. 

Advertising Expenses

Advertising expenses were $89.5 million , $86.0 million , and $83.2 million for December 28, 2014, December 29, 

2013, and December 30, 2012 respectively. 

Capitalized Computer Software Costs

Capitalized computer software costs (included in depreciation expense) were $29.4 million, $27.4 million, and 

$22.5 million for December 28, 2014, December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2012 respectively. 

Other Expense

In 2012, we recorded a $2.6 million charge in connection with a legal settlement.

8. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction would be in the principal 
or most advantageous market for the asset or liability, based on assumptions that a market participant would use in 
pricing the asset or liability.  

The fair value hierarchy consists of three levels:

Level 1 – quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability 

to access at the measurement date;

Level 2 – inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, 

either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

Assets/Liabilities Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

As of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, we had assets related to our qualified pension plans measured 

at fair value. The required disclosures regarding such assets are presented in Note 9. 

The following table summarizes our financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of 

December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013:

(In thousands)

Total

December 28, 2014
Level 2
Level 1

Level 3

Total

December 29, 2013
Level 2
Level 1

Level 3

Deferred compensation

$ 45,136

$ 45,136

$

— $

— $ 51,660

$ 51,660

$

— $

—

Certain financial liabilities are valued using market prices on the active markets. The deferred compensation 

liability, included in “Other liabilities — Other” in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, consists of deferrals 
under our deferred executive compensation plan, which enables certain eligible executives to elect to defer a portion 
of their compensation on a pre-tax basis (see Note 11). The deferred amounts are invested at the executives’ option in 

P. 76 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

various mutual funds. The fair value of deferred compensation is based on the mutual fund investments elected by 
the executives and on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. 

Assets Measured and Recorded at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain non-financial assets, such as goodwill, other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and 

certain investments, that were part of operations that have been classified as discontinued operations are only 
recorded at fair value if an impairment charge is recognized.  We classified all of these measurements as Level 3, as we 
used unobservable inputs within the valuation methodologies that were significant to the fair value measurements, 
and the valuations required management‘s judgment due to the absence of quoted market prices. The following tables 
present non-financial assets that were measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis and the total 
impairment losses recorded during 2014, 2013 and 2012 on those assets.

2014

(In thousands)

Net Carrying
 Value as of

Fair Value Measured and Recorded Using

Impairment Losses for
the Year Ended

December 28, 2014

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 28, 2014

Investments in joint ventures

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

9,216 (1)

(1) 

Impairment losses related to Madison are included within “(Loss)/income from joint ventures” for the year ended December 28, 2014. See 
Note 5 for additional information.

The impairment of assets in 2014 reflects the impairment of one of our investments in joint ventures, Madison 

Paper Industries. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we estimated the fair value less cost to sell of the group held for 
sale, using unobservable inputs (Level 3). We recorded a $9.2 million non-cash charge in the fourth quarter of 2014. 
Our proportionate share of the loss was $4.7 million after tax and adjusted for the allocation of the loss to the non-
controlling interest. 

2013

(In thousands)

Net Carrying
 Value as of

Fair Value Measured and Recorded Using

Impairment Losses for
the Year Ended

December 29, 2013

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 29, 2013

Property, plant and equipment

$

— $

— $

— $

— $

34,300 (1)

(1) 

Impairment losses related to the New England Media Group and are included within “(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of 
income taxes” for the year ended December 29, 2013. We sold the New England Media Group in the fourth quarter of 2013. See Note 13 for 
additional information.

The impairment of assets in 2013 reflects the impairment of fixed assets held for sale that related to the New 

England Media Group. During the third quarter of 2013, we estimated the fair value less cost to sell of the group held 
for sale, using unobservable inputs (Level 3). We recorded a $34.3 million non-cash charge in the third quarter of 2013 
for fixed assets at the New England Media Group to reduce the carrying value of fixed assets to their fair value less 
costs to sell. 

2012

(In thousands)

Goodwill

Cost method investments

Net Carrying
 Value as of

Fair Value Measured and Recorded Using

Impairment Losses for
the Year Ended

December 30, 2012

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

December 30, 2012

$

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

— $

—

194,732 (1)

5,500

(1) 

Impairment losses related to the About Group and are included within “(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” for 
the year ended December 30, 2012. We sold the About Group in September 2012. See Note 13 for additional information.

The impairment charge totaling $194.7 million in the preceding table was related to goodwill at the About 
Group in the second quarter of 2012, which reduced the carrying value to its fair value. Goodwill is not amortized but 
tested for impairment annually or in an interim period if certain circumstances indicate a possible impairment may 
exist. Our policy is to perform our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. However, 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 77

due to certain impairment indicators at the About Group, we performed an interim impairment test as of June 24, 
2012. 

Our expectations for future operating results and cash flows at the About Group in the long-term were lower 

than our previous estimates, primarily driven by a reassessment of the sustainability of our estimated long-term 
growth rate for display advertising. The reduction in our estimated long-term growth rate resulted in the carrying 
value of the net assets being greater than their fair value, and therefore a write-down of goodwill to its fair value was 
required. The fair value of the About Group’s goodwill was the residual fair value after allocating the total fair value 
of the About Group to its other assets, net of liabilities. 

The total fair value of the About Group was determined using a discounted cash flow model (present value of 

future cash flows). We estimated a 3.5% annual growth rate to arrive at a residual year representing the perpetual 
cash flows of the About Group. The residual year cash flow was capitalized to arrive at the terminal value of the 
About Group. Utilizing a discount rate of 15.0%, the present value of the cash flows during the projection period and 
terminal value were aggregated to estimate the fair value of the About Group. In our 2011 annual impairment test, we 
had assumed a 5.0% annual growth rate and a 13.8% discount rate. In determining the appropriate discount rate, we 
considered the weighted-average cost of capital for comparable companies. 

The impairment charge totaling $5.5 million in the preceding table for the cost method investments in 2012, 
which was primarily related to our investment in Ongo Inc., was due to events surrounding ceasing the operations of 
our investments (see Note 5). We determined the fair value of these investments using the market and income 
approaches. The market approach includes the use of financial metrics and ratios of comparable companies. The 
income approach includes the use of a discounted cash flow model. 

Financial Instruments Disclosed, But Not Reported, at Fair Value

Our marketable securities, which include U.S. Treasury securities, corporate debt securities, U.S. government 
agency securities, municipal securities, certificates of deposit and commercial paper, are recorded at amortized cost 
(see Note 3). As of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, the amortized cost approximated fair value because of 
the short-term maturity and highly liquid nature of these investments. We classified these investments as Level 2 
since the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs for investments with similar terms and 
maturities.

The carrying value of our long-term debt was approximately $420 million as of December 28, 2014 and $677 

million as of December 29, 2013. The fair value of our long-term debt was approximately $527 million as of 
December 28, 2014 and $819 million as of December 29, 2013. We estimate the fair value of our debt utilizing market 
quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since our debt does not trade on a daily basis in an 
active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently 
available for debt with similar terms and average maturities (Level 2).

9. Pension Benefits

Single-Employer Plans

We sponsor several single-employer defined benefit pension plans, the majority of which have been frozen. We 

also participate in joint Company and Guild-sponsored plans covering employees of The New York Times Newspaper 
Guild, including The Newspaper Guild of New York - The New York Times Pension Fund, which was frozen and 
replaced with a new defined benefit pension plan, The Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan. 

We also have a foreign-based pension plan for certain employees (the “foreign plan”). The information for the 
foreign plan is combined with the information for U.S. non-qualified plans. The benefit obligation of the foreign plan 
is immaterial to our total benefit obligation.

P. 78 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Net Periodic Pension Cost

The components of net periodic pension cost were as follows:

(In thousands)

December 28, 2014

December 29, 2013

December 30, 2012

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All
Plans

Components of net periodic pension cost

Service cost

Interest cost

$

9,543 $

184 $ 9,727

$ 11,225 $

1,162 $ 12,387

$ 11,903 $

1,656 $ 13,559

84,447

10,450

94,897

77,136

10,681

87,817

94,113

12,635

106,748

Expected return on plan assets

(113,839)

— (113,839)

(124,250)

— (124,250)

(118,551)

— (118,551)

Amortization and other costs

26,620

4,718

31,338

33,770

5,561

39,331

33,323

4,489

37,812

Amortization of prior service (credit)/
cost

Effect of settlement

Effect of sale of Regional Media Group

(1,945)

—

(1,945)

(1,945)

—

(1,945)

574

—

—

9,525

9,525

—

—

—

—

3,228

3,228

47,657

—

—

(5,097)

—

(5,097)

—

574

— 47,657

Net periodic pension cost/(income)

$

4,826 $ 24,877 $ 29,703

$ (4,064) $ 20,632 $ 16,568

$ 63,922 $ 18,780 $ 82,702

As part of our strategy to reduce the pension obligations and the resulting volatility of our overall financial 

condition, during 2014, 2013 and 2012, we offered lump-sum payments to certain former employees. The lump-sum 
payment offers each resulted in settlement charges due to the acceleration of the recognition of the accumulated 
unrecognized actuarial loss. Therefore, we recorded settlement charges of $9.5 million, $3.2 million and $47.7 million 
in connection with lump-sum payments made in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total lump-sum payments were 
approximately $24 million, $11 million and $112 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The 2012 lump-sum 
payments were made out of the existing assets of The New York Times Companies Pension Plan and the 2014 and 
2013 payments were made out of Company cash.

Following ratification of an amendment to a collective bargaining agreement covering the employees in The 

New York Times Newspaper Guild, in the fourth quarter of 2012, we amended The New York Times Newspaper 
Guild pension plan to freeze benefit accruals for participating employees. We adopted a new defined benefit pension 
plan for these employees. The amendment to The New York Times Newspaper Guild pension plan resulted in a 
reduction of the projected benefit obligation and underfunded status of the plan by approximately $32 million. This 
amount is recognized within “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 
December 30, 2012. 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income/loss were as 

follows:

(In thousands)

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

Prior service credit

Amortization of loss

Amortization of prior service cost/(credit)

Effect of settlement

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss/(income)

Net periodic pension cost

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

254,525

$

(178,088) $

—

(30,665)

1,945

(9,525)

216,280

29,703

—

(39,017)

1,945

(3,358)

(218,518)

16,568

96,551

(31,839)

(37,813)

(574)

(47,657)

(21,332)

82,702

61,370

Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive loss/(income)

$

245,983

$

(201,950) $

The estimated actuarial loss and prior service credit that will be amortized from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss into net periodic pension cost over the next fiscal year is approximately $40 million and $2 
million, respectively.

The amount of cost recognized for defined contribution benefit plans was approximately $17 million for 2014 

and $18 million for 2013 and 2012.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 79

 
Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets

The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive 

income/(loss) were as follows:  

(In thousands)

Change in benefit obligation

December 28, 2014

December 29, 2013

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All Plans

Qualified
Plans

Non-
Qualified
Plans

All Plans

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

$ 1,778,647

$

262,501

$ 2,041,148

$ 1,965,406

$

299,265

$ 2,264,671

Service cost

Interest cost

Plan participants’ contributions

Actuarial loss/(gain)

Lump-sum settlement paid

Benefits paid

Effects of change in currency conversion

9,543

84,447

26

330,224

—

(101,314)

—

184

10,450

—

36,604

(24,015)

(17,507)

(393)

9,727

94,897

26

11,225

77,136

26

366,828

(161,348)

(24,015)

—

(118,821)

(113,798)

(393)

—

1,162

10,681

—

(18,960)

(10,667)

(19,149)

169

12,387

87,817

26

(180,308)

(10,667)

(132,947)

169

Benefit obligation at end of year

2,101,573

267,824

2,369,397

1,778,647

262,501

2,041,148

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Actual return on plan assets

Employer contributions

Plan participants’ contributions

Lump-sum settlement paid

Benefits paid

Effect of change in currency conversion

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

1,698,091

225,470

14,977

26

—

(101,314)

—

1,837,250

—

—

41,522

—

(24,015)

(17,507)

—

—

1,698,091

1,615,723

225,470

56,499

26

(24,015)

122,030

74,110

26

—

(118,821)

(113,798)

—

—

—

29,999

—

(10,667)

(19,149)

(183)

1,615,723

122,030

104,109

26

(10,667)

(132,947)

(183)

1,837,250

1,698,091

—

1,698,091

Net amount recognized

$ (264,323) $ (267,824) $ (532,147) $

(80,556) $ (262,501) $ (343,057)

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Net amount recognized

$

— $

(15,767) $

(15,767) $

— $

(17,903) $

(17,903)

(264,323)

(252,057)

(516,380)

(80,556)

(244,598)

(325,154)

$ (264,323) $ (267,824) $ (532,147) $

(80,556) $ (262,501) $ (343,057)

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Actuarial loss

Prior service credit

Total

$

$

854,267

$

119,797

$

974,064

$

662,293

$

97,436

$

759,729

(26,565)

—

(26,565)

(28,510)

—

(28,510)

827,702

$

119,797

$

947,499

$

633,783

$

97,436

$

731,219

P. 80 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $2.36 billion and $2.03 billion as of December 28, 

2014 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

Information for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets was as follows:

(In thousands)

Projected benefit obligation

Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

Assumptions

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

$

$

2,369,397

2,362,050

1,837,250

$

$

$

2,041,148

2,034,145

1,698,091

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine benefit obligations for 

qualified pension plans were as follows:

(Percent)

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

4.05%

2.89%

4.90%

2.55%

The rate of increase in compensation levels is applicable only for qualified pension plans that have not been 

frozen.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic pension cost for 

qualified plans were as follows:

(Percent)

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

4.90%

2.87%

7.02%

4.00%

3.50%

7.85%

5.05%

3.00%

8.00%

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine benefit obligations for non-

qualified plans were as follows:

(Percent)

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

3.90%

2.50%

4.60%

2.50%

The rate of increase in compensation levels is applicable only for the non-qualified pension plans that have not 

been frozen.

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic pension cost for 

non-qualified plans were as follows:

(Percent)

Discount rate

Rate of increase in compensation levels

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

4.60%

2.50%

3.70%

3.00%

4.80%

3.50%

We determined our discount rate using a Ryan ALM, Inc. Curve (the “Ryan Curve”). The Ryan Curve provides 

the bonds included in the curve and allows adjustments for certain outliers (e.g., bonds on “watch”). We believe the 
Ryan Curve allows us to calculate an appropriate discount rate.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 81

To determine our discount rate, we project a cash flow based on annual accrued benefits. For active 
participants, the benefits under the respective pension plans are projected to the date of termination. The 
projected plan cash flow is discounted to the measurement date, which is the last day of our fiscal year, using the 
annual spot rates provided in the Ryan Curve. A single discount rate is then computed so that the present value of the 
benefit cash flow equals the present value computed using the Ryan Curve rates.

In determining the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we evaluated input from our investment 
consultants, actuaries and investment management firms, including our review of asset class return expectations, as 
well as long-term historical asset class returns. Projected returns by such consultants and economists are based on 
broad equity and bond indices. Our objective is to select an average rate of earnings expected on existing plan assets 
and expected contributions to the plan during the year.

The value (“market-related value”) of plan assets is multiplied by the expected long-term rate of return on 

assets to compute the expected return on plan assets, a component of net periodic pension cost. The market-related 
value of plan assets is a calculated value that recognizes changes in fair value over three years.

On October 27, 2014, the Society of Actuaries (“SOA”) released new mortality tables that increased life 
expectancy assumptions. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the 
mortality assumptions used in determining our pension and postretirement benefit obligations. The net impact to our 
qualified and non-qualified pension obligations resulting from the new mortality assumptions was an increase of 
$117.0 million.

Plan Assets

Company-Sponsored Pension Plans

The assets underlying the Company-sponsored qualified pension plans are managed by professional 

investment managers. These investment managers are selected and monitored by the pension investment committee, 
composed of certain senior executives, who are appointed by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the 
Company. The Finance Committee is responsible for adopting our investment policy, which includes rules regarding 
the selection and retention of qualified advisors and investment managers. The pension investment committee is 
responsible for implementing and monitoring compliance with our investment policy, selecting and monitoring 
investment managers and communicating the investment guidelines and performance objectives to the investment 
managers.

Our contributions are made on a basis determined by the actuaries in accordance with the funding 

requirements and limitations of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) and the Internal Revenue 
Code.

Investment Policy and Strategy

The primary long-term investment objective is to allocate assets in a manner that produces a total rate of return 

that meets or exceeds the growth of our pension liabilities. Our plan objective is to transition the asset mix to hedge 
liabilities and minimize volatility in the funded status of the plans.

Asset Allocation Guidelines

In accordance with our asset allocation strategy, for substantially all of our Company-sponsored pension plan 
assets, investments are categorized into long duration fixed income investments whose value is highly correlated to 
that of the pension plan obligations (“Long Duration Assets”) or other investments, such as equities and high-yield 
fixed income securities, whose return over time is expected to exceed the rate of growth in our pension plan 
obligations (“Return-Seeking Assets”).

The proportional allocation of assets between Long Duration Assets and Return-Seeking Assets is dependent on 
the funded status of each pension plan. Under our policy, for example, a funded status between 85% and 90% requires 
an allocation of total assets of 46% to 56% to Long Duration Assets and 44% to 54% to Return-Seeking Assets. As our 
funded status increases, the allocation to Long Duration Assets will increase and the allocation to Return-Seeking 
Assets will decrease.

P. 82 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

The following asset allocation guidelines apply to the Return-Seeking Assets:

Asset Category

Public Equity

Growth Fixed Income

Alternatives

Cash

Percentage Range

70%

0%

0%

0%

-

-

-

-

90%

15%

15%

10%

The asset allocations of our Company-sponsored pension plans by asset category for both Long Duration and 

Return-Seeking Assets, as of December 28, 2014, were as follows:

Asset Category

Public Equity

Fixed Income

Alternatives

Cash

Percentage

32%

57%

4%

7%

The specified target allocation of assets and ranges set forth above are maintained and reviewed on a periodic 

basis by the pension investment committee. The pension investment committee may direct the transfer of assets 
between investment managers in order to rebalance the portfolio in accordance with approved asset allocation ranges 
to accomplish the investment objectives for the pension plan assets.

Fair Value of Plan Assets

The fair value of the assets underlying our Company-sponsored qualified pension plans and The New York 

Times Newspaper Guild pension plan by asset category are as follows:

(In thousands)

Asset Category(1)
Equity Securities:

U.S. Equities

International Equities
Common/Collective Funds(2)
Fixed Income Securities:

Corporate Bonds

U.S. Treasury and Other Government Securities

Group Annuity Contract
Municipal and Provincial Bonds
Government Sponsored Enterprises(3)
Other

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Private Equity

Hedge Fund

Assets at Fair Value

Fair Value Measurement at December 28, 2014

Quoted Prices
Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant
Observable
Inputs

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

$

48,640

$

51,154

— $

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

52

—

—

697,075

539,098

150,496

76,290
47,046

9,517

22,951

127,910

—

—

— $

48,640

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

35,727

31,294

51,154

697,075

539,098

150,496

76,290
47,046

9,517

22,951

127,962

35,727

31,294

$

99,846

$ 1,670,383

$

67,021

$1,837,250

(1) 

Includes the assets of The Guild-Times Adjustable Pension Plan and the Retirement Annuity Plan which are not part of the Master Trust.

(2)  The underlying assets of the common/collective funds are primarily comprised of equity and fixed income securities. The fair value in the 

above table represents our ownership share of the net asset value of the underlying funds.

(3)  Represents investments that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 83

 
 
(In thousands)

Asset Category

Equity Securities:

U.S. Equities

International Equities

Common/Collective Funds(1)

Fixed Income Securities:

Corporate Bonds

U.S. Treasury and Other Government Securities

Group Annuity Contract

Municipal and Provincial Bonds

Government Sponsored Enterprises(2)

Other

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Private Equity

Hedge Fund

Assets at Fair Value

Fair Value Measurement at December 29, 2013

Quoted Prices
Markets for
Identical Assets

Significant
Observable
Inputs

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Total

$

36,920

$

75,606

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

581,553

594,667

183,700

72,663

41,729

4,738

29,115

6,538

—

—

— $

36,920

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

40,537

30,325

75,606

581,553

594,667

183,700

72,663

41,729

4,738

29,115

6,538

40,537

30,325

$

112,526

$

1,514,703

$

70,862

$ 1,698,091

(1)  The underlying assets of the common/collective funds are primarily comprised of equity and fixed income securities. The fair value in the 

above table represents our ownership share of the net asset value of the underlying funds.

(2)  Represents investments that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government.

Level 1 and Level 2 Investments

Where quoted prices are available in an active market for identical assets, such as equity securities traded on an 

exchange, transactions for the asset occur with such frequency that the pricing information is available on an 
ongoing/daily basis. We, therefore, classify these types of investments as Level 1 where the fair value represents the 
closing/last trade price for these particular securities.

For our investments where pricing data may not be readily available, fair values are estimated by using quoted 
prices for similar assets, in both active and not active markets, and observable inputs, other than quoted prices, such 
as interest rates and credit risk. We classify these types of investments as Level 2 because we are able to reasonably 
estimate the fair value through inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. There are no restrictions on our 
ability to sell any of our Level 1 and Level 2 investments.

Level 3 Investments

We have investments in private equity funds and a hedge fund as of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013 
that have been determined to be Level 3 investments, within the fair value hierarchy, because the inputs to determine 
fair value are considered unobservable.

The general valuation methodology used for the private equity and hedge fund of funds is the market 
approach. The market approach utilizes prices and other relevant information such as similar market transactions, 
type of security, size of the position, degree of liquidity, restrictions on the disposition, latest round of financing data, 
current financial position and operating results, among other factors. 

 As a result of the inherent limitations related to the valuations of the Level 3 investments, due to the 
unobservable inputs of the underlying funds, the estimated fair value may differ significantly from the values that 
would have been used had a market for those investments existed.

P. 84 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value measurements using significant 

unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 28, 2014 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year

Actual gain/(loss) on plan assets:

Relating to assets still held

Capital contribution

Return of Capital

Balance at end of year

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

Hedge Fund

Private Equity

Total

$

30,325

$

40,537

$

70,862

969

—

—

(1,775)

2,008

(5,043)

(806)

2,008

(5,043)

$

31,294

$

35,727

$

67,021

The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value measurements using significant 

unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 29, 2013 is as follows:

(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year

Actual gain on plan assets:

Relating to assets still held

Capital contribution

Return of Capital

Balance at end of year

Cash Flows

Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)

Real Estate

Private Equity

Total

$

26,370

$

36,011

$

62,381

3,955

—

—

6,169

3,018

(4,661)

10,124

3,018

(4,661)

$

30,325

$

40,537

$

70,862

In August 2014, the Highway and Transportation Funding Act of 2014 was enacted. The legislation extended 
interest rate stabilization for single-employer defined benefit pension plan funding for an additional five years.  In 
2014, we made contributions of $15.0 million. We expect contributions to total approximately $9.0 million to satisfy 
minimum funding requirements in 2015. 

In January 2013, we made a contribution of approximately $57 million to the New York Times Newspaper Guild 

pension plan, of which $20 million was estimated to be necessary to satisfy minimum funding requirements in 2013. 
Mandatory contributions to other qualified pension plans increased our total contributions to approximately $74 
million for the full year of 2013. 

The following benefit payments, which reflect future service for plans that have not been frozen, are expected to 

be paid:

(In thousands)

2015 (1)

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020-2024

Plans

Qualified

Non-
Qualified

Total

$

200,873

$

16,044

$

103,233

105,296

106,714

109,229

572,392

16,095

16,865

16,843

17,244

83,987

216,917

119,328

122,161

123,557

126,473

656,379

(1) 

Includes lump-sum payments that will approximate $98 million in the first quarter of 2015 related to the Company’s qualified defined benefit 
pension plans. The lump-sum payments will be funded with existing assets of the pension plans and not with Company cash. See Note 19 for 
additional information.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 85

 
 
 
 
Multiemployer Plans

We contribute to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of various 

collective bargaining agreements that cover our union-represented employees. Over the past few years, certain 
events, such as amendments to various collective bargaining agreements and the sales of the New England Media 
Group and the Regional Media Group, resulted in withdrawals from multiemployer pension plans. These actions, 
along with a reduction in covered employees, have resulted in us estimating withdrawal liabilities to the respective 
plans for our proportionate share of any unfunded vested benefits. We recorded an estimated charge for 
multiemployer pension plan withdrawal obligations of $14.2 million in 2013, which includes $8.0 million directly 
related to the sale of the New England Media Group. There were nominal charges in 2012 for withdrawal obligations 
related to our multiemployer pension plans. Our multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability was approximately 
$116 million as of December 28, 2014 and approximately $119 million as of December 29, 2013. This liability represents 
the present value of the obligations related to complete and partial withdrawals that have already occurred as well as 
an estimate of future partial withdrawals that we considered probable and reasonably estimable. For those plans that 
have yet to provide us with a demand letter, the actual liability will not be fully known until they complete a final 
assessment of the withdrawal liability and issue a demand to us. Therefore, the estimate of our multiemployer 
pension plan liability will be adjusted as more information becomes available that allows us to refine our estimates.  

The risks of participating in multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following 

aspects:

•  Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees 

of other participating employers. 

• 

• 

• 

If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne 
by the remaining participating employers.

If we choose to stop participating in some multiemployer pension plans, we may be required to pay those 
plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan (a withdrawal liability). 

If a multiemployer plan from which we have withdrawn subsequently experiences a mass withdrawal, we 
may be required to make additional contributions under applicable law.

Our participation in significant plans for the fiscal period ended December 28, 2014, is outlined in the table 
below. The “EIN/Pension Plan Number” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the 
three-digit plan number. The zone status is based on the latest information that we received from the plan and is 
certified by the plan’s actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65% funded, plans in 
the yellow zone are less than 80% funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80% funded. The “FIP/RP Status 
Pending/Implemented” column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation 
plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented. The “Surcharge Imposed” column includes plans in a red 
zone status that are required to pay a surcharge in excess of regular contributions. The last column lists the expiration 
date(s) of the collective bargaining agreement(s) to which the plans are subject. 

P. 86 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 Pension Protection
Act Zone Status

Pension Fund

CWA/ITU Negotiated
Pension Plan

Newspaper and Mail
Deliverers’-Publishers’
Pension Fund

GCIU-Employer Retirement
Benefit Plan

Pressmen’s Publishers’
Pension Fund

EIN/Pension
Plan Number

13-6212879-001

2014

2013

Red as of
1/01/14

Red as of
1/01/13

13-6122251-001

91-6024903-001

13-6121627-001

Green as
of 6/01/14

Yellow as
of 6/01/13

Red as of
1/01/14

Green as
of 4/01/14

Red as of
1/01/13

Green as
of 4/01/13

(In thousands)
Contributions of the
Company

2014

2013

2012

Surcharge
Imposed

 Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
Expiration
Date

FIP/RP
Status
Pending/
Implemented

Implemented $ 611 $ 663 $ 646

 No

3/30/2016(1)

N/A

1,102

1,217

1,101

Implemented

58

124

114

N/A

1,097

1,016

1,037

 No

 No

 No

3/30/2020(2)

3/30/2017(3)

3/30/2017(4)

Paper-Handlers’-Publishers’
Pension Fund

13-6104795-001

Green as
of 4/01/14

Green as
of 4/01/13

N/A

103

114

121

No

3/30/2014(5)

Contributions for individually significant plans

Contributions to other multiemployer plans

Total Contributions

$ 2,971 $ 3,134 $ 3,019

—

945

2,503

$ 2,971 $ 4,079 $ 5,522

(1)  There are two collective bargaining agreements (Mailers and Typographers) requiring contributions to this plan, which both expire March 30, 

2016.  

(2)  Elections under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension Relief Act of 2010: Extended Amortization of Net 

Investment Losses (IRS Section 431(b)(8)(A)) and the Expanded Smoothing Period (IRS Section 431(b)(8)(B)).

(3)  We previously had two collective bargaining agreements requiring contributions to this plan. With the sale of the New England Media Group 

only one collective bargaining agreement remains for the Stereotypers, which expires March 30, 2017.  The method for calculating actuarial 
value of assets was changed retroactive to January 1, 2009, as elected by the Board of Trustees and as permitted by IRS Notice 2010-83.  This 
election includes smoothing 2008 investment losses over ten years and widening the asset corridor to 130% of market value of assets for 
2009 and 2010.

(4)  The Plan sponsor elected two provisions of funding relief under the Preservation of Access to Care for Medicare Beneficiaries and Pension 
Relief Act of 2010 (PRA 2010) to more slowly absorb the 2008 plan year investment loss, retroactively effective as of April 1, 2009.  These 
included extended amortization under the prospective method and 10-year smoothing of the asset loss for the plan year beginning April 1, 
2008. 

(5)  Board of Trustees elected funding relief. This election includes smoothing the March 31, 2009 investment losses over 10 years and widening 

the asset corridor to 130% of market value of assets for April 1, 2009 and April 1, 2010.

The rehabilitation plan for the GCIU-Employer Retirement Benefit Plan includes minimum annual 

contributions no less than the total annual contribution made by us from September 1, 2008 through August 31, 2009.

The Company was listed in the plans’ respective Forms 5500 as providing more than 5% of the total 

contributions for the following plans and plan years:

Pension Fund

CWA/ITU Negotiated Pension Plan

Newspaper and Mail Deliverers’-Publishers’ Pension Fund

Pressmen’s Publisher’s Pension Fund

Paper-Handlers’-Publishers’ Pension Fund

Year Contributions to Plan Exceeded
More Than 5 Percent of Total
Contributions (as of Plan’s Year-End)

  12/31/2013 & 12/31/2012(1)

  5/31/2013 &  5/31/2012(1)

  3/31/2014 &  3/31/2013

  3/31/2014 &  3/31/2013

(1) Forms 5500 for the plans’ year ended of 12/31/14 and 5/31/14 were not available as of the date we filed our financial statements.

The number of our employees covered by multiemployer plans decreased from 2012 to 2013, affecting period-

to-period comparability, as a result of the sale of the New England Media Group.

The Company received a notice and demand for payment of withdrawal liability from the Newspaper and Mail 

Deliverers’-Publishers’ Pension Fund September 2013 and December 2014 associated with alleged partial 
withdrawals. See Note 18 for further information.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 87

10. Other Postretirement Benefits

We provide health benefits to retired employees (and their eligible dependents) who meet the definition of an 
eligible participant and certain age and service requirements, as outlined in the plan document. While we offer pre-
age 65 retiree medical coverage to employees who meet certain retiree medical eligibility requirements, we no longer 
provide post-age 65 retiree medical benefits for employees who retired on or after March 1, 2009. We also contribute to 
a postretirement plan for Guild employees of New York Times Newspaper under the provisions of a collective 
bargaining agreement. We accrue the costs of postretirement benefits during the employees’ active years of service 
and our policy is to pay our portion of insurance premiums and claims from our assets.  

Net Periodic Other Postretirement Benefit Expense/(Income) 

The components of net periodic postretirement benefit expense/(income) were as follows:

(In thousands)

Service cost

Interest cost

Amortization and other costs

Amortization of prior service credit

Effect of curtailment

Net periodic postretirement benefit expense/(income)

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

$

580

$

1,089

$

3,722

7,299

(7,199)

—

4,101

4,440

(13,051)

(49,122)

4,402

$

(52,543) $

957

4,985

3,328

(15,112)

(27,213)

(33,055)

In 2012, we sold the Regional Media Group. The sale significantly reduced the expected years of future service 
for current employees, resulting in a remeasurement and curtailment of a postretirement benefit plan. We recognized 
a curtailment gain of $27.2 million in the first quarter of 2012, which is included in the gain on the sale within 
“(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

In 2013, we completed the sale of the New England Media Group, consisting of The Boston Globe, 

BostonGlobe.com, Boston.com, the Worcester Telegram & Gazette (“T&G”), Telegram.com and related properties. As 
a result of the sale, the Company recorded a $49.1 million post-retirement curtailment gain in 2013, which is included 
in the gain on sale within “(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes” in the Consolidated 
Statement of Operations. This gain is primarily related to an acceleration of prior service credits from plan 
amendments announced in prior years, and is due to a reduction in the expected years of future Company service for 
employees at the New England Media Group. 

In September 2014 and December 2014, the ERISA Management Committee approved certain changes to The 

New York Times Company Retiree Medical Plan provisions, which triggered a remeasurement under ASC 715-60, 
“Compensation — Retirement Benefits — Defined Benefit Plans — Other Postretirement.” The changes in the plan 
provisions decreased obligations by $25.5 million and the change in discount rate as of the remeasurement date 
increased obligations by $3.6 million. Overall, the remeasurement decreased our obligations by $21.9 million as 
reflected in other comprehensive income in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and Condensed 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss).

The changes in the benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss were as follows:

(In thousands)

Net actuarial loss/(gain)

Prior service credit

Amortization of loss

Amortization of prior service credit

Recognition of prior service credit due to curtailment

Total recognized in other comprehensive (income)/loss

Net periodic postretirement benefit expense/(income)

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

8,882

$

(13,500) $

(25,489)

(4,948)

7,199

—

(14,356)

4,402

(1,690)

(4,440)

13,051

49,122

42,543

(52,543)

11,562

—

(3,328)

15,112

27,213

50,559

(33,055)

Total recognized in net periodic postretirement benefit income and other
comprehensive (income)/loss

$

(9,954) $

(10,000) $

17,504

P. 88 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
The estimated actuarial loss and prior service credit that will be amortized from accumulated other 
comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year is approximately $5.3 million and $9.7 
million, respectively.

In connection with collective bargaining agreements, we contribute to several multiemployer welfare plans. 

These plans provide medical benefits to active and retired employees covered under the respective collective 
bargaining agreement. Contributions are made in accordance with the formula in the relevant agreement. 
Postretirement costs related to these plans are not reflected above and were approximately $18 million in 2014, $20 
million in 2013 and $18 million in 2012.

The changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive 

income/loss were as follows:

(In thousands)

Change in benefit obligation

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

Service cost

Interest cost

Plan participants’ contributions

Actuarial loss/(gain)

Plan amendments

Benefits paid

Benefit obligation at the end of year

Change in plan assets

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

Employer contributions

Plan participants’ contributions

Benefits paid

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Net amount recognized

Amount recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Current liabilities

Noncurrent liabilities

Net amount recognized

Amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss

Actuarial loss

Prior service credit

Total

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

100,932

$

120,767

580

3,722

3,834

12,091

(25,489)

(14,616)

81,054

—

10,782

3,834

(14,616)

—

1,089

4,101

4,861

(13,501)

(1,690)

(14,695)

100,932

—

9,834

4,861

(14,695)

—

$

$

$

$

$

(81,054) $

(100,932)

(9,426) $

(71,628)

(81,054) $

37,339

$

(51,950)

(14,611) $

(10,329)

(90,603)

(100,932)

33,406

(33,660)

(254)

 Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine the postretirement benefit 

obligations were as follows:

Discount rate

Estimated increase in compensation level

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

3.61%

3.50%

4.22%

3.50%

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 89

Weighted-average assumptions used in the actuarial computations to determine net periodic postretirement 

cost were as follows:

Discount rate

Estimated increase in compensation level

The assumed health-care cost trend rates were as follows:

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

4.22%

3.50%

3.70%

3.50%

4.66%

3.50%

Health-care cost trend rate

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

7.20%

5.00%

2023

8.00%

5.00%

2023

Because our health-care plans are capped for most participants, the assumed health-care cost trend rates do not 
have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health-care plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed 
health-care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

(In thousands)

Effect on total service and interest cost for 2014

Effect on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 28, 2014

One-Percentage Point

Increase

Decrease

$

$

104

1,966

$

$

(88)

(1,670)

The following benefit payments (net of plan participant contributions) under our Company’s postretirement 

plans, which reflect expected future services, are expected to be paid:

(In thousands)

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020-2024

$

Amount

9,635

8,254

7,604

7,019

6,417

26,038

We accrue the cost of certain benefits provided to former or inactive employees after employment, but before 

retirement. The cost is recognized only when it is probable and can be estimated. Benefits include life insurance, 
disability benefits and health-care continuation coverage. The accrued cost of these benefits amounted to $15.9 million 
as of December 28, 2014 and $16.2 million as of December 29, 2013.

On October 27, 2014, the SOA released new mortality tables that increased life expectancy assumptions. During 

the fourth quarter of 2014, we adopted the new mortality tables and revised the mortality assumptions used in 
determining our pension and postretirement benefit obligations. The net impact to our postretirement obligations 
resulting from the new mortality assumptions was an increase of $4.2 million.

P. 90 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
11. Other Liabilities

The components of the “Other Liabilities — Other” balance in our Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred compensation

Other liabilities

Total

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

$

$

45,136

$

62,639

107,775

$

51,660

106,775

158,435

Deferred compensation consists primarily of deferrals under our deferred executive compensation plan (the 

“DEC Plan”). The DEC Plan enables certain eligible executives to elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a 
pre-tax basis. While the initial deferral period is for a minimum of 2 years up to a maximum of 15 years (after which 
time taxable distributions must begin), the executive has the option to extend the deferral period. Employees’ 
contributions earn income based on the performance of investment funds they select.

We invest deferred compensation in life insurance products designed to closely mirror the performance of the 

investment funds that the participants select. Our investments in life insurance products are included in 
“Miscellaneous assets” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets, and were $72.1 million as of December 28, 2014 and $68.6 
million as of December 29, 2013.

Other liabilities in the preceding table primarily included our post employment liabilities as of December 28, 

2014 and our contingent tax liability for uncertain tax positions as of December 29, 2013. 

12. Income Taxes

Reconciliations between the effective tax rate on income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 

and the federal statutory rate are presented below.

December 28, 2014

December 29, 2013

December 30, 2012

% of
Pre-tax

Amount

% of
Pre-tax

Amount

% of
Pre-tax

(In thousands)

Tax at federal statutory rate

State and local taxes, net

Effect of enacted changes in tax laws

Reduction in uncertain tax positions

Gain on Company-owned life insurance

Nondeductible expense, net

Other, net

Amount

$

10,448

4,620

1,393

(21,147)

(1,250)

1,847

548

35.0

15.5

4.7

(70.8)

(4.2)

6.2

1.8

$

33,180

35.0

$

8,312

—

(1,803)

(3,673)

2,039

(163)

8.8

—

(1.9)

(3.9)

2.2

(0.2)

90,494

11,507

—

(6,721)

(2,690)

866

1,161

Income tax (benefit)/expense

$

(3,541)

(11.8) $

37,892

40.0

$

94,617

35.0

4.4

—

(2.6)

(1.0)

0.3

0.5

36.6

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 91

 
The components of income tax expense as shown in our Consolidated Statements of Operations were as 

follows: 

(In thousands)

Current tax (benefit)/expense

Federal

Foreign

State and local

Total current tax (benefit)/expense

Deferred tax expense

Federal

Foreign

State and local

Total deferred tax expense

Income tax (benefit)/expense

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

17,397

$

18,903

$

583

(25,625)

(7,645)

4,014

—

90

4,104

681

8,371

27,955

5,426

—

4,511

9,937

$

(3,541) $

37,892

$

51,836

1,154

(6,680)

46,310

38,845

—

9,462

48,307

94,617

State tax operating loss carryforwards totaled $7.5 million as of December 28, 2014 and $9.3 million as of 

December 29, 2013. Such loss carryforwards expire in accordance with provisions of applicable tax laws and have 
remaining lives generally ranging from 1 to 20 years.

The components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in our Consolidated Balance Sheets 

were as follows:

(In thousands)

Deferred tax assets

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

Retirement, postemployment and deferred compensation plans

$

320,174

$

251,082

Accruals for other employee benefits, compensation, insurance and other

Accounts receivable allowances

Net operating losses

Other

Gross deferred tax assets

Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

Property, plant and equipment

Intangible assets

Investments in joint ventures

Other

Gross deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax asset

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Deferred tax asset – current

Deferred tax asset – long-term

Net deferred tax asset

42,294

1,746

46,726

41,186

452,126

(41,136)

410,990

$

64,056

$

11,607

13,971

5,129

94,763

316,227

$

63,640

$

252,587

316,227

$

35,596

1,478

57,885

63,821

409,862

(42,295)

367,567

75,661

11,902

19,625

14,531

121,719

245,848

65,859

179,989

245,848

$

$

$

$

$

 We assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against deferred tax assets based on the 
consideration of both positive and negative evidence using a “more likely than not” standard. In making such 

P. 92 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. We evaluated our deferred tax 
assets for recoverability using a consistent approach that considers our three-year historical cumulative income/
(loss), including an assessment of the degree to which any such losses were due to items that are unusual in nature 
(e.g., impairments of nondeductible goodwill and intangible assets). 

We had a valuation allowance totaling $41.1 million as of December 28, 2014 and $42.3 million as of 

December 29, 2013 for deferred tax assets primarily associated with net operating losses of non-U.S. operations, as we 
determined these assets were not realizable on a more-likely-than-not basis. The valuation allowance was allocated in 
proportion to the related current and noncurrent gross deferred tax asset balances.    

Income tax benefits related to the exercise or vesting of equity awards reduced current taxes payable by $3.1 

million in 2014, $3.4 million in 2013 and $2.4 million in 2012. 

As of December 28, 2014 and December 29, 2013, “Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes” 

in our Consolidated Balance Sheets and for the years then ended in our Consolidated Statements of Changes in 
Stockholders’ Equity was net of deferred tax assets of approximately $369 million and $283 million, respectively. 

A reconciliation of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

(In thousands)

Balance at beginning of year

Gross additions to tax positions taken during the current year

Gross additions to tax positions taken during the prior year

Gross reductions to tax positions taken during the prior year

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

Reductions from lapse of applicable statutes of limitations

Balance at end of year

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

$

$

46,058

$

45,308

$

2,116

—

(12,109)

(7,114)

(12,627)

2,249

127

(833)

—

(793)

16,324

$

46,058

$

47,971

5,241

258

(922)

—

(7,240)

45,308

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would, if recognized, affect the effective income tax rate was 

approximately $10.7 million as of December 28, 2014 and $30.0 million as of December 29, 2013.

We also recognize accrued interest expense and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits within income 

tax expense or benefit. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was approximately $4.0 million as of 
December 28, 2014 and $18 million as of December 29, 2013. The total amount of accrued interest and penalties was a 
net benefit of $8.6 million in 2014, a net detriment of $1.7 million in 2013 and a net benefit of $0.3 million in 2012.

With few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax 
examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2007. Management believes that our accrual for tax liabilities is 
adequate for all open audit years. This assessment relies on estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of 
complex judgments about future events.

It is reasonably possible that certain income tax examinations may be concluded, or statutes of limitation may 

lapse, during the next 12 months, which could result in a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits of $6.1 million that 
would, if recognized, impact the effective tax rate.

13. Discontinued Operations

New England Media Group

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and operating liabilities of 

the New England Media Group — consisting of The Boston Globe, BostonGlobe.com, Boston.com, the T&G, 
Telegram.com and related properties — and our 49% equity interest in Metro Boston, for approximately $70 million in 
cash, subject to customary adjustments. The net after-tax proceeds from the sale, including a tax benefit, were 
approximately $74 million.  In 2013, we recognized a pre-tax gain of $47.6 million on the sale ($28.1 million after tax), 
which was almost entirely comprised of a curtailment gain. This curtailment gain is primarily related to an 
acceleration of prior service credits from retiree medical plan amendments announced in prior years, and is due to a 
cessation of service for employees at the New England Media Group. Post-closing adjustments in the first and fourth 
quarter of 2014 resulted in a nominal loss of $0.3 million. The results of operations of the New England Media Group 
have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 93

About Group

In the fourth quarter of 2012, we completed the sale of the About Group, consisting of About.com, 

ConsumerSearch.com, CalorieCount.com and related businesses, to IAC/InterActiveCorp. for $300.0 million in cash, 
plus a net working capital adjustment of approximately $17 million. In 2012, the sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $96.7 
million ($61.9 million after tax). The net after-tax proceeds from the sale were approximately $291 million. In the 
fourth quarter of 2014, there was a legal settlement that resulted in a nominal loss of $0.2 million. The results of 
operations of the About Group, which had previously been presented as a reportable segment, have been classified as 
discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Regional Media Group

In the first quarter of 2012, we completed the sale of the Regional Media Group, consisting of 16 regional 
newspapers, other print publications and related businesses, to Halifax Media Holdings LLC for approximately $140 
million in cash. The net after-tax proceeds from the sale, including a tax benefit, were approximately $150 million. The 
sale resulted in an after-tax gain of $23.6 million (including post-closing adjustments recorded in the second and 
fourth quarters of 2012 totaling $6.6 million). In the fourth quarter of 2014, there was an environmental contingency 
that resulted in a nominal loss of $0.4 million. The results of operations for the Regional Media Group have been 
classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

The results of operations for the New England Media Group, About Group and the Regional Media Group 

presented as discontinued operations are summarized below for 2014.  

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense

Impairment of assets

Loss from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax income/(loss)

Income tax expense/(benefit)

Income/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes

Loss on sale, net of income taxes:

Loss on sale

Income tax (benefit)/expense

Loss on sale, net of income taxes

Year ended December 28, 2014

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

$

— $

— $

— $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(349)

(127)

(222)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(229)

(93)

(136)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(397)

331

(728)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

$

(222) $

(136) $

(728) $

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(975)

111

(1,086)

(1,086)

P. 94 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

The results of operations for the New England Media Group, About Group and the Regional Media Group 

presented as discontinued operations are summarized below for 2013.  

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense(1)

Impairment of assets (2)

Loss from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax loss

Income tax benefit(3)

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of income taxes:

Gain on sale(4)

Income tax expense

Gain on sale, net of income taxes

Income from discontinued operations, net of
income taxes

Year Ended December 29, 2013

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

$

287,677 $

— $

— $

281,414

7,997

34,300

(240)

9

(36,283)

(13,373)

(22,910)

47,561

19,457

28,104

—

—

—

—

—

—

(2,497)

2,497

419

161

258

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

$

5,194 $

2,755 $

— $

287,677

281,414

7,997

34,300

(240)

9

(36,283)

(15,870)

(20,413)

47,980

19,618

28,362

7,949

(1)  The multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense in 2013 is related to estimated charges for complete or partial withdrawal obligations 

under multiemployer pension plans triggered by the sale of the New England Media Group.

(2) 

Included in impairment of assets in 2013 is the impairment of fixed assets related to the New England Media Group.

(3)  The income tax benefit for the About Group in 2013 is related to a change in prior period estimated tax expense.

(4) 

Included in the gain on sale in 2013 is a $49.1 million post-retirement curtailment gain related to the New England Media Group.

Included in impairment of assets in 2013 is the impairment of fixed assets held for sale that related to the 
New England Media Group. During the third quarter of 2013, we estimated the fair value less cost to sell of the 
group held for sale, using unobservable inputs (Level 3). We recorded a $34.3 million non-cash charge in the 
third quarter of 2013 for fixed assets at the New England Media Group to reduce the carrying value of fixed 
assets to their fair value less cost to sell.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 95

The results of operations for the New England Media Group, About Group and the Regional Media Group 

presented as discontinued operations are summarized below for 2012.

Year Ended December 30, 2012

New England
Media Group

About Group

Regional Media
Group

Total

(In thousands)

Revenues

Total operating costs

Impairment of assets(1)

Income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Pre-tax income/(loss)

Income tax expense/(benefit)

$

394,739 $

385,527

—

68

7

9,273

10,717

74,970 $

51,140

194,732

—

—

(170,902)

(60,065)

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Gain/(loss) on sale, net of income taxes:

Gain/(loss) on sale

Income tax expense/(benefit)(2)

Gain on sale, net of income taxes

(1,444)

(110,837)

—

—

—

96,675

34,785

61,890

6,115 $

8,017

—

—

—

(1,902)

(736)

(1,166)

(5,441)

(29,071)

23,630

475,824

444,684

194,732

68

7

(163,531)

(50,084)

(113,447)

91,234

5,714

85,520

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net
of income taxes

$

(1,444) $

(48,947) $

22,464 $

(27,927)

(1) 

Included in impairment of assets in 2012 is the impairment of goodwill related to the About Group. 

(2)  The income tax benefit for the Regional Media Group in 2012 included a tax deduction for goodwill, which was previously nondeductible, 

triggered upon the sale of the Regional Media Group.

Goodwill is not amortized but tested for impairment annually or in an interim period if certain circumstances 

indicate a possible impairment may exist. Our policy is to perform our annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth 
quarter of our fiscal year. However, due to certain impairment indicators at the About Group, we performed an 
interim impairment test as of June 24, 2012. The interim impairment test resulted in a $194.7 million non-cash charge 
in the second quarter of 2012 for the impairment of goodwill at the About Group. The impairment charge reduced the 
carrying value of goodwill to its fair value. See Note 8 for information regarding the fair value of goodwill and the 
related impairment charge.    

14. Earnings/(Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings/(loss) available to common stockholders 
by the weighted-average common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings/(loss) per share is calculated similarly, except 
that it includes the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of securities, including outstanding warrants and the effect 
of shares issuable under our Company’s stock-based incentive plans if such effect is dilutive. 

The two-class method is an earnings allocation method for computing earnings/(loss) per share when a 
company’s capital structure includes either two or more classes of common stock or common stock and participating 
securities. This method determines earnings/(loss) per share based on dividends declared on common stock and 
participating securities (i.e., distributed earnings), as well as participation rights of participating securities in any 
undistributed earnings. 

P. 96 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Basic and diluted earnings/(loss) per share have been computed as follows:  

(In thousands, except per share data)

Amounts attributable to The New York Times Company common stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Basic earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

Diluted earnings per share attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders:

Income from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income

$

$

$

$

$

$

December 28,
2014

(52 weeks)

Years Ended

December 29,
2013

(53 weeks)

December 30,
2012

(52 weeks)

34,393

$

(1,086)

33,307

$

57,156

$

7,949

65,105

$

150,673

161,323

149,755

157,774

0.23

$

(0.01)

0.22

$

0.21

$

(0.01)

0.20

$

0.38

0.05

0.43

0.36

0.05

0.41

$

$

$

$

163,774

(27,927)

135,847

148,147

152,693

1.11

(0.19)

0.92

1.07

(0.18)

0.89

The difference between basic and diluted shares is that diluted shares include the dilutive effect of the assumed 

exercise of outstanding securities. Our warrants, restricted stock units and stock options could have the most 
significant impact on diluted shares.

In January 2009, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued warrants to affiliates of Carlos Slim 

Helú, the beneficial owner of approximately 8% of our Class A Common Stock (excluding the warrants), to purchase 
15.9 million shares of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $6.3572 per share. On January 14, 2015, the warrant 
holders exercised these warrants in full and the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $101.1 million 
from this exercise. See Note 19 for additional information.

Securities that could potentially be dilutive are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share 

when a loss from continuing operations exists or when the exercise price exceeds the market value of our Class A 
Common Stock, because their inclusion would result in an anti-dilutive effect on per share amounts.

The number of stock options that was excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share because 
they were anti-dilutive was approximately 6 million in 2014, 10 million in 2013 and 15 million in 2012, respectively.

15. Stock-Based Awards

As of December 28, 2014, the Company was authorized to grant stock-based compensation under its 2010 

Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2010 Incentive Plan”), which became effective April 27, 2010, and replaced the 
1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan (the “1991 Incentive Plan”). In addition, through April 30, 2014, the Company 
maintained its 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (the “2004 Directors’ Plan”).

In 2013, the Company redesigned its long-term incentive compensation program, eliminating annual grants of 
stock options and restricted stock units and long-term performance awards payable solely in cash for executives. In 
their place, executives have the opportunity to earn cash and shares of Class A Common Stock at the end of three-year 
cycles based on the achievement of financial goals tied to a financial metric and stock price performance relative to 
companies in the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index, with the majority of the target award to be settled in the 
Company’s Class A Common Stock.

We recognize stock-based compensation expense for these stock-settled long-term performance awards, stock-

settled and cash-settled restricted stock units, stock options and stock appreciation rights (together, “Stock-Based 
Awards”). Stock-based compensation expense was $8.9 million in 2014, $8.8 million in 2013 and $4.5 million in 2012.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 97

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the period from the date of grant to the date when the 

award is no longer contingent on the employee providing additional service. Awards under the 1991 Incentive Plan, 
2010 Incentive Plan and 2004 Directors’ Plan generally vest over a stated vesting period or upon the retirement of an 
employee or director, as the case may be.

The 2004 Director’s Plan provided for the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in the form 

of stock options or restricted stock awards. Restricted stock has never been awarded under the 2004 Directors’ Plan. 
Prior to 2012, under our 2004 Directors’ Plan, each non-employee director of our Company received annual grants of 
non-qualified stock options with 10-year terms to purchase 4,000 shares of Class A Common Stock from our Company 
at the average market price of such shares on the date of grants. These annual grants were replaced with annual 
grants of cash-settled phantom stock units in 2012, and, accordingly, no grants of stock options were made under this 
plan in 2012 or 2013. Under its terms, the 2004 Directors’ Plan terminated as of April 30, 2014.

Our pool of excess tax benefits (“APIC Pool”) available to absorb tax deficiencies was approximately $26 

million as of December 28, 2014. 

Stock Options

The 1991 Incentive Plan provided, and the 2010 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of both incentive and non-

qualified stock options at an exercise price equal to the market value of our Class A Common Stock on the date of 
grant. Stock options have generally been granted with a 3-year vesting period and a 10-year term and vest in equal 
annual installments. Due to a change in the Company’s long-term incentive compensation, no grants of stock options 
were made in 2014.

Our 2004 Directors’ Plan provided for grants of stock options to non-employee directors at an exercise price 

equal to the market value of our Class A Common Stock on the date of grant. Prior to 2012, stock options were 
granted with a 1-year vesting period and a 10-year term. No grants of stock options were made in 2014 or 2013. Our 
Company’s directors are considered employees for purposes of stock-based compensation.

Changes in our Company’s stock options in 2014 were as follows:

(Shares in thousands)

Options outstanding at beginning of year

Granted

Exercised

Forfeited/Expired

Options outstanding at end of period

Options expected to vest at end of period

Options exercisable at end of period

December 28, 2014

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(Years)

20

—

7

34

18

18

18

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
$(000s)

4

$

23,273

3

3

3

$

$

$

16,234

16,234

14,508

Options

9,749

$

—

(169)

(1,410)

8,170

8,157

7,877

$

$

$

The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised was $1.5 million in 2014, $5.3 million in 2013 and $0.9 

million in 2012.

The fair value of the stock options granted was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation 

model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield 
curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected life (estimated period of time outstanding) of stock options granted 
was determined using the average of the vesting period and term. Expected volatility was based on historical 
volatility for a period equal to the stock option’s expected life, ending on the date of grant, and calculated on a 
monthly basis. The fair value for stock options granted with different vesting periods and on different dates is 
calculated separately. There were no stock option grants in 2013 or 2014.

P. 98 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
Restricted Stock Units

The 1991 Incentive Plan provided, and the 2010 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of other stock-based awards, 

including restricted stock units.

In 2014, we granted stock-settled restricted stock units with a 5-year vesting period and in 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
we granted stock-settled restricted stock units with a 3-year vesting period. Each restricted stock unit represents our 
obligation to deliver to the holder one share of Class A Common Stock upon vesting. The fair value of stock-settled 
restricted stock units is the average market price on the grant date. Changes in our Company’s stock-settled restricted 
stock units in 2014 were as follows:

(Shares in thousands)

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units at beginning of period

Granted

Vested

Forfeited

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units at end of period

Unvested stock-settled restricted stock units expected to vest at end of period

December 28, 2014

Restricted
Stock
Units

Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

1,193

$

389

(405)

(118)

1,059

997

$

$

9

15

10

11

10

10

The intrinsic value of stock-settled restricted stock units vested was $5.8 million in 2014, $1.9 million in 2013 

and $1.2 million in 2012.

In 2010, we granted cash-settled restricted stock units with a 3-year vesting period that vested in February 2013. 

Cash-settled restricted stock units were classified as liability awards because we incurred a liability, payable in cash, 
based on our stock price. The cash-settled restricted stock unit was measured at its fair value at the end of each 
reporting period and, therefore, fluctuated based on the fluctuations in our stock price.

The intrinsic value of cash-settled restricted stock units vested was $1.5 million in 2013 and $3.7 million in 2012. 

There were no cash-settled restricted stock units granted or that remained unvested in 2014. 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

The 1991 Incentive Plan provided, and the 2010 Incentive Plan provides, for grants of cash and stock-settled 

awards to key executives payable at the end of a multi-year performance period. There were payments of 
approximately $1 million in 2014, $9 million in 2013 and $12 million in 2012.

Awards granted for the three-year performance period beginning in 2012 are based on the achievement of 
specified goals under two financial performance measures. These awards were classified as liability awards because 
we incurred a liability payable in cash. 

Awards granted for the cycles beginning in 2013 and 2014 are based on relative Total Shareholder Return 
(“TSR”), which is calculated at stock appreciation plus reinvested dividends, payable in Class A Common Stock and 
another performance measure, payable in Class A Common Stock and cash. Awards payable in stock are classified 
within equity; awards payable in cash are classified as a liability. The fair value of TSR awards is determined at the 
date of grant using a market calculation simulation.

Unrecognized Compensation Expense

As of December 28, 2014, unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested portion of our Stock-

Based Awards was approximately $12.5 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 
1.51 years.

Reserved Shares

We generally issue shares for the exercise of stock options and stock-settled restricted stock units from unissued 

reserved shares.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 99

 
Shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance were as follows:

(In thousands)

Stock options, stock–settled restricted stock units and stock-settled performance
awards

Stock options and stock-settled restricted stock units

Stock-settled performance awards(1)

Outstanding

Available

Employee Stock Purchase Plan(2)

Available

401(k) Company stock match(3)

Available

Total Outstanding

Total Available

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

9,228

2,827

12,055

8,408

10,965

1,908

12,873

3,161

6,410

6,410

3,045

12,055

17,863

3,045

12,873

12,616

(1)  The number of shares actually earned at the end of the multi-year performance period will vary, based on actual performance, 
from 0% to 200% of the target number of performance awards granted.  The maximum number of shares that would be issued 
is included in the table above.

(2)  We have not had an offering under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan since 2010.

(3)  Effective 2014, we no longer offer a Company stock match under the Company’s 401(k) plan.

16. Stockholders’ Equity

Shares of our Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock are entitled to equal participation in the event of 
liquidation and in dividend declarations. The Class B Common Stock is convertible at the holders’ option on a share-
for-share basis into Class A Common Stock. Upon conversion, the previously outstanding shares of Class B Common 
Stock are automatically and immediately retired, resulting in a reduction of authorized Class B Common Stock. As 
provided for in our Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Class A Common Stock has limited voting rights, 
including the right to elect 30% of the Board of Directors, and the Class A and Class B Common Stock have the right 
to vote together on the reservation of our Company shares for stock options and other stock-based plans, on the 
ratification of the selection of a registered public accounting firm and, in certain circumstances, on acquisitions of the 
stock or assets of other companies. Otherwise, except as provided by the laws of the State of New York, all voting 
power is vested solely and exclusively in the holders of the Class B Common Stock.

There were 816,635 shares as of December 28, 2014 and 818,061 shares as of December 29, 2013 of Class B 

Common Stock available for conversion into shares of Class A Common Stock.

The Adolph Ochs family trust holds approximately 90% of the Class B Common Stock and, as a result, has the 

ability to elect 70% of the Board of Directors and to direct the outcome of any matter that does not require a vote of 
the Class A Common Stock.

In January 2009, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued warrants to affiliates of Carlos Slim 

Helú, the beneficial owner of approximately 8% of our Class A Common Stock (excluding the warrants), to purchase 
15.9 million shares of our Class A Common Stock at a price of  $6.3572 per share. On January 14, 2015, the warrant 
holders exercised these warrants in full and the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $101.1 million 
from this exercise. See Note 19 for additional information.

On April 13, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized repurchases in an amount up to $400 million of our Class 

A Common Stock. As of December 28, 2014, approximately $91.4 million remained under this authorization. On 
January 13, 2015, the Board of Directors terminated this authorization and approved a new repurchase authorization 
of $101.1 million, equal to the cash proceeds received by the Company from an exercise of warrants. As of 
February 19, 2015, approximately $101.1 million remained under this authorization. Our Board of Directors has 
authorized us to purchase shares from time to time as market conditions permit. There is no expiration date with 
respect to this authorization.

P. 100 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

We may issue preferred stock in one or more series. The Board of Directors is authorized to set the 

distinguishing characteristics of each series of preferred stock prior to issuance, including the granting of limited or 
full voting rights; however, the consideration received must be at least $100 per share. No shares of preferred stock 
were issued or outstanding as of December 28, 2014. 

The following table summarizes the changes in AOCI by component as of December 28, 2014:

(In thousands)

Balance, December 29, 2013

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, before tax(1)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, before tax(1)

Income tax (benefit)/expense(1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income, net of tax

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Funded
Status of
Benefit Plans

Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

$

12,674

$

(415,285) $

(11,006)

(267,771)

—

(4,037)

(6,969)

61,483

(82,073)

(124,215)

(402,611)

(278,777)

61,483

(86,110)

(131,184)

(533,795)

Balance, December 28, 2014

$

5,705

$

(539,500) $

(1)  All amounts are shown net of noncontrolling interest. 

The following table summarizes the reclassifications from AOCI for the period ended December 28, 2014:

Detail about accumulated other comprehensive
loss components

Amounts reclassified
from accumulated
other comprehensive
loss

Affect line item in the statement where net
income is presented

Funded status of benefit plans:

Amortization of prior service credit(1)

Amortization of actuarial loss(1)

Effect of other postretirement benefit 
remeasurement (2) 

Pension settlement charge

Total reclassification, before tax(3)

Income tax benefit

Total reclassification, net of tax

$

$

(9,144) Selling, general & administrative costs

35,613 Selling, general & administrative costs

25,489

9,525 Pension settlement charge

61,483

(24,416)

Income tax (benefit)/expense

85,899

(1)  These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost for pension and 

other retirement benefits. See Note 9 and 10 for additional information.

(2)  See Note 10 for additional information on the effect of other postretirement benefit remeasurement. 

(3)  There were no reclassifications relating to noncontrolling interest for the year ended December 28, 2014. 

17. Segment Information

We have one reportable segment that includes The Times, the International New York Times, NYTimes.com, 
international.nytimes.com and related businesses. Therefore, all required segment information can be found in the 
consolidated financial statements. 

In the fourth quarter of 2013, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and operating liabilities of 

the New England Media Group. The New England Media Group, which includes The Boston Globe, 
BostonGlobe.com, Boston.com, the T&G, Telegram.com and related businesses, has been classified as a discontinued 
operation for all periods presented. See Note 13 for further information on the sale of the New England Media Group.

 Our operating segment generated revenues principally from circulation and advertising. Other revenues 

consist primarily of revenues from news services/syndication, digital archives, office rental income, conferences/
events and e-commerce.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 101

18. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

Operating Leases

Operating lease commitments are primarily for office space and equipment. Certain office space leases provide 

for rent adjustments relating to changes in real estate taxes and other operating costs.

Rental expense amounted to approximately $16 million in 2014 and 2013 and $18 million in 2012. The 
approximate minimum rental commitments under noncancelable leases, net of subleases, as of December 28, 2014 
were as follows:

(In thousands)

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Later years

Total minimum lease payments

Less: noncancelable subleases

Total minimum lease payments, net of noncancelable subleases

Capital Leases

Amount

$

12,031

8,582

7,934

4,090

3,026

9,945

45,608

(4,493)

$

41,115

Future minimum lease payments for all capital leases, and the present value of the minimum lease payments as 

of December 28, 2014, were as follows:

(In thousands)

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Later years

Total minimum lease payments

Less: imputed interest

Present value of net minimum lease payments including current maturities

Restricted Cash

$

Amount

552

552

552

552

7,245

—

9,453

(2,717)

$

6,736

We were required to maintain $30.2 million of restricted cash as of December 28, 2014 and $28.1 million as of 

December 29, 2013, primarily related to certain collateral requirements, for obligations under our workers’ 
compensation programs. These collateral requirements were previously supported by letters of credit under a 
revolving credit facility that was replaced in June 2011. 

Newspaper and Mail Deliverers – Publishers’ Pension Fund 

In September 2013, the Newspaper and Mail Deliverers - Publishers’ Pension Fund (the “Fund”) assessed a 

partial withdrawal liability to the Company in the amount of $26 million for the plan years ending May 31, 2012 and 
2013, an amount that was increased to approximately $34 million in December 2014, when the Fund issued a revised 
partial withdrawal liability assessment for the plan year ending May 31, 2013. The Fund claims that when City & 
Suburban, a retail and newsstand distribution subsidiary of the Company and the largest contributor to the Fund, 
ceased operations in 2009, it triggered a decline of more than 70% in contribution base units in each of these two plan 
years.  The Company disagrees with both the Fund’s determination that a partial withdrawal occurred and the 
methodology by which it calculated the withdrawal liability and has initiated arbitration proceedings. We do not 
believe that a loss is probable on this matter and have not recorded a loss contingency for the period ended December 
28, 2014.

P. 102 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation

In February 2014, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) notified us that it believed the Company 

had a triggering event under Section 4062(e) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended 
(“ERISA”), with respect to The Boston Globe Retirement Plan for Employees Represented by the Boston Newspaper 
Guild (the “Boston Globe Plan”) and The New York Times Companies Pension Plan on account of the Company’s sale 
of the New England Media Group. 

In June 2014, the PBGC voluntarily withdrew its claim with respect to The New York Times Companies Pension 
Plan. In December 2014, Congress enacted major changes to Section 4062(e) of ERISA. In light of this amendment, the 
Company believes that it has no Section 4062(e) liability with respect to the Boston Globe Plan.

Other

We are involved in various legal actions incidental to our business that are now pending against us. These 

actions are generally for amounts greatly in excess of the payments, if any, that may be required to be made. It is the 
opinion of management after reviewing these actions with our legal counsel that the ultimate liability that might 
result from these actions would not have a material adverse effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

19. Subsequent Events

Warrants

In January 2009, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, we issued warrants to affiliates of Carlos Slim 

Helú, the beneficial owner of approximately 8% of our Class A Common Stock (excluding the warrants), to purchase 
15.9 million shares of our Class A Common Stock at a price of $6.3572 per share. On January 14, 2015, the warrant 
holders exercised these warrants in full and the Company received cash proceeds of approximately $101.1 million 
from this exercise. The Company currently intends to use the cash proceeds to repurchase Class A shares from time to 
time in open market transactions as conditions permit.

Lump-Sum Payment Offer

During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company offered certain terminated vested participants in various 
qualified defined benefit pension plans the option to immediately receive a lump-sum payment equal to the present 
value of his or her pension benefit in full settlement of the plan’s pension obligation, or to immediately commence a 
reduced monthly annuity. The election period for this voluntary offer closed on December 31, 2014.  During the first 
quarter of 2015, we expect to record a pension settlement charge of approximately $40 million. The lump-sum 
payments will approximate $98 million, and will be funded with existing assets of the pension plans and not with 
Company cash.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 103

SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Three Years Ended December 28, 2014

(In thousands)
Description

Accounts receivable allowances:

Year ended December 28, 2014

Year ended December 29, 2013

Year ended December 30, 2012

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets:

Year ended December 28, 2014

Year ended December 29, 2013

Year ended December 30, 2012

(1) 

Includes write-offs, net of recoveries.

Balance at
beginning
of period

Additions
charged to
operating
costs and other

Deductions(1)

Balance at
end of period

$

$

$

$

$

$

14,252

15,452

13,065

42,295

42,138

39,824

$

$

$

$

$

$

11,384

9,377

11,623

$

$

$

— $

2,432

2,314

$

$

12,776

10,577

9,236

1,159

2,275

$

$

$

$

$

— $

12,860

14,252

15,452

41,136

42,295

42,138

P. 104 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

The New England Media Group, About Group and the Regional Media Group’s results of operations have been 
presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for additional information regarding these discontinued operations.  

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenues

Operating costs

Early termination charge
Pension settlement expense(1)
Operating profit/(loss)

(Loss)/income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense/(benefit)

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income/(loss)

Net (income)/loss attributable to the noncontrolling interest

Net income/(loss) attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders

$

Amounts attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

Net income/(loss)

Average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Basic earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York
Times Company common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Net income/(loss)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York
Times Company common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Net income/(loss)

$

$

$

$

$

$

2014 Quarters

March 30,
2014

June 29,
2014

September 28,
2014

December 28,
2014

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

$

390,408 $

388,719 $

364,718 $

444,683 $

Full Year

(52 weeks)
1,588,528

365,799

362,697

373,750

382,259

1,484,505

2,550

—

22,059

(2,147)

13,301

6,611

3,764

2,847

(994)

1,853

(110)

—

9,525

16,497

25

13,205

3,317

(5,743)

9,060

—

9,060

128

—

—

(9,032)

1,599

15,254

(22,687)

(10,247)

(12,440)

—

(12,440)

(59)

—

—

62,424

(7,845)

11,970

42,609

8,685

33,924

(92)

33,832

1,043

2,550

9,525

91,948

(8,368)

53,730

29,850

(3,541)

33,391

(1,086)

32,305

1,002

1,743 $

9,188 $

(12,499) $

34,875 $

33,307

2,737 $

9,188 $

(12,499) $

34,967 $

(994)

—

—

(92)

1,743 $

9,188 $

(12,499) $

34,875 $

34,393

(1,086)

33,307

150,612

161,920

150,796

161,868

150,822

150,822

150,779

160,455

150,673

161,323

0.02 $

0.06 $

(0.08) $

0.23 $

0.23

(0.01)

0.01 $

—

0.06 $

—

(0.08) $

—

0.23 $

(0.01)

0.22

0.02 $

0.06 $

(0.08) $

0.22 $

0.21

(0.01)

0.01 $

—

0.06 $

—

(0.08) $

—

0.22 $

(0.01)

0.20

(1)  We recorded a settlement charge related to a lump-sum payment offer to certain former employees who participated in a non-qualified 

pension plan. 

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 105

 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenues

Operating costs

Pension settlement expense(1)

Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal expense(2)

Operating profit

(Loss)/income from joint ventures

Interest expense, net

Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Net income/(loss)

Net loss/(income) attributable to the noncontrolling interest

Net income/(loss) attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders

$

Amounts attributable to The New York Times Company
common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Net income/(loss)

Average number of common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Basic earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York
Times Company common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes
Net income/(loss)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share attributable to The New York
Times Company common stockholders:

Income/(loss) from continuing operations

(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income
taxes

Net income/(loss)

$

$

$

$

$

$

2013 Quarters

March 31,
2013

June 30,
2013

September 29,
2013

December 29,
2013

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

(13 weeks)

$

380,675 $

390,957 $

361,738 $

443,860 $

Full Year

(52 weeks)
1,577,230

352,544

344,733

342,712

371,755

1,411,744

—

—

28,131

(2,870)

14,071

11,190

5,082

6,108

(2,785)

3,323

249

—

—

46,224

(405)

14,644

31,175

13,813

17,362

2,776

20,138

(6)

—

6,171

12,855

(123)

15,454

(2,722)

2,578

(5,300)

(18,987)

(24,287)

61

3,228

—

3,228

6,171

68,877

156,087

183

13,904

55,156

16,419

38,737

26,944

65,681

(55)

(3,215)

58,073

94,799

37,892

56,907

7,949

64,856

249

3,572 $

20,132 $

(24,226) $

65,626 $

65,105

6,357 $

17,356 $

(5,239) $

38,682 $

57,156

(2,785)

2,776

(18,987)

26,944

3,572 $

20,132 $

(24,226) $

65,626 $

7,949

65,105

148,710

155,270

148,797

156,511

150,033

150,033

150,162

160,013

149,755

157,774

0.04 $

0.12 $

(0.03) $

0.26 $

(0.02)

0.02 $

0.02

0.14 $

(0.13)

(0.16) $

0.18

0.44 $

0.04 $

0.11 $

(0.03) $

0.24 $

(0.02)

0.02 $

0.02

0.13 $

(0.13)

(0.16) $

0.17

0.41 $

0.38

0.05

0.43

0.36

0.05

0.41

(1)  We recorded a settlement charge related to a lump-sum payment offer to certain former employees who participated in a non-qualified 

pension plan. 

(2)  We recorded an estimated charge related to a partial withdrawal obligation under a multiemployer pension plan. 

Earnings/(loss) per share amounts for the quarters do not necessarily equal the respective year-end amounts 

for earnings or loss per share due to the weighted-average number of shares outstanding used in the computations for 
the respective periods. Earnings/(loss) per share amounts for the respective quarters and years have been computed 
using the average number of common shares outstanding.

One of our largest sources of revenue is advertising. Our business has historically experienced higher 

advertising volume in the fourth quarter than the remaining quarters because of holiday advertising. 

P. 106 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, 

evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of 
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of December 28, 2014. Based upon such evaluation, our principal executive 
officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure 
that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and 
forms, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and 
principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report of our independent 
registered public accounting firm on our internal control over financial reporting are set forth in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K and are incorporated by reference herein.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 28, 

2014, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial 
reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 107

 
PART III   

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

In addition to the information set forth under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K, the information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled 
“Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Proposal Number 1 – Election of Directors,” “Interests 
of Related Persons in Certain Transactions of the Company,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance,” 
beginning with the section titled “Independent Directors,” but only up to and including the section titled “Audit 
Committee Financial Experts,” and “Board Committees” of our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of 
Stockholders.

The Board has adopted a code of ethics that applies not only to the principal executive officer, principal 

financial officer and principal accounting officer, as required by the SEC, but also to our Chairman and Vice 
Chairman. The current version of such code of ethics can be found on the Corporate Governance section of our 
website at http://investors.nytco.com/investors/corporate-governance. We intend to post any amendments to or 
waivers from the code of ethics that apply to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal 
accounting officer on our website.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Compensation 
Committee,” “Directors’ Compensation,” “Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance” and “Compensation of 
Executive Officers” of our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Principal Holders of 
Common Stock,” “Security Ownership of Management and Directors” and “The 1997 Trust” of our Proxy Statement 
for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table presents information regarding our existing equity compensation plans as of December 28, 

2014.

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

Stock options and stock-based awards

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Total

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(b)

Number of securities 
remaining
available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(c)

12,055,424 (1) $

—

12,055,424

None

17.90 (2)

—

None

8,407,983 (3)
6,409,741 (4)

14,817,724

None

(1) 

Includes (i) 8,169,952 shares of Class A stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding stock options granted under the 1991 Incentive 
Plan, the 2010 Incentive Plan, and the 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $17.90 per 
share, and with a weighted average remaining term of 3 years; (ii) 1,058,754 shares of Class A stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding 
stock-settled restricted stock units granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan; and (iii) 2,826,718 shares of Class A stock that would be issuable 
at maximum performance pursuant to outstanding stock-settled performance awards under the 2010 Incentive Plan. Under the terms of the 
performance awards, shares of Class A stock are to be issued at the end of three-year performance cycles based on the Company’s 
achievement under specified performance tests. The shares included in the table represent the maximum number of shares that would be 
issued under the outstanding performance awards. The number of shares that would be issued at the end of the three-year cycle assuming 
target performance is 1,413,359.

P. 108 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

    
(2)  Excludes shares of Class A stock issuable upon vesting of stock-settled restricted stock units and shares issuable pursuant to stock-settled 

performance awards.

(3) 

Includes shares of Class A stock available for future stock options to be granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan. As of December 28, 2014, the 
2010 Incentive Plan had 8,407,983 shares of Class A stock remaining available for issuance upon the grant, exercise or other settlement of 
share-based awards. Stock options granted under the 2010 Incentive Plan must provide for an exercise price of 100% of the fair market value 
on the date of grant.  The 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan terminated on April 30, 2014.

(4) 

Includes shares of Class A stock available for future issuance under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). We have not 
had an offering under the ESPP since 2010.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Interests of Related 
Persons in Certain Transactions of the Company,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Independent 
Directors,” “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance — Board Committees” and “Board of Directors and 
Corporate Governance — Policy on Transactions with Related Persons” of our Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual 
Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section titled “Proposal Number 3 — 
Selection of Auditors,” beginning with the section titled “Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures,” 
but only up to and not including the section titled “Recommendation and Vote Required” of our Proxy Statement for 
the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 109

PART IV         

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(A) DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THIS REPORT

(1) Financial Statements

As listed in the index to financial information in “Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

(2) Supplemental Schedules

The following additional consolidated financial information is filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements set forth in “Item 8 — Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.” Schedules not included with this additional consolidated financial information 
have been omitted either because they are not applicable or because the required information is shown in the 
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Consolidated Schedule for the Three Years Ended December 28, 2014

II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Page

104

Separate financial statements and supplemental schedules of associated companies accounted for by the equity 

method are omitted in accordance with the provisions of Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.

(3) Exhibits

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by 

reference.

P. 110 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

  
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 24, 2015

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY
(Registrant)

BY: /s/ KENNETH A. RICHIERI
Kenneth A. Richieri

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

We, the undersigned directors and officers of The New York Times Company, hereby severally constitute Kenneth A. 
Richieri and James M. Follo, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each 
of them to sign for us, in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

/s/ Arthur Sulzberger, Jr.

Chairman and Director

/s/ Mark Thompson

Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(principal executive officer)

/s/ Michael Golden

Vice Chairman and Director

/s/ James M. Follo

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer)

/s/ R. Anthony Benten

Senior Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller 
(principal accounting officer)

/s/ Raul E. Cesan

/s/ Robert E. Denham

/s/ Steven B. Green

Director

Director

Director

/s/ Carolyn D. Greenspon Director

/s/ Joichi Ito

/s/ James A. Kohlberg

/s/ David E. Liddle
/s/ Ellen R. Marram

/s/ Brian P. McAndrews

/s/ Doreen A. Toben

Director

Director

Director
Director

Director

Director

Date

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015
February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

February 24, 2015

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 111

 
 INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit numbers 10.16 through 10.32 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

Exhibit
Number
(2.1)

(2.2)

(3.1)

(3.2)

(4)

(4.1)

(4.2)

(4.3)

(4.4)

(4.5)

(4.6)

(4.7)

(4.8)

(10.1)

(10.2)

(10.3)

(10.4)

(10.5)

Description of Exhibit

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 27, 2011, by and among NYT Holdings, Inc., The Houma
Courier Newspaper Corporation, Lakeland Ledger Publishing Corporation, The Spartanburg Herald-Journal,
Inc., Hendersonville Newspaper Corporation, The Dispatch Publishing Company, Inc., NYT Management
Services, Inc., The New York Times Company and Halifax Media Holdings LLC (filed as an Exhibit to the
Company’s Form 8-K dated December 27, 2011, and incorporated by reference herein).

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2012, between the Company and IAC/InterActiveCorp (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated August 29, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein).

Certificate of Incorporation as amended and restated to reflect amendments effective July 1, 2007 (filed as an Exhibit 
to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated August 9, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

By-laws as amended through November 19, 2009 (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 
20, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company agrees to furnish to the Commission upon request a copy of any instrument with respect to long-term 
debt of the Company and any subsidiary for which consolidated or unconsolidated financial statements are required 
to be filed, and for which the amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of 
the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Indenture, dated March 29, 1995, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (as successor to Chemical 
Bank), as trustee (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 File No. 33-57403, and 
incorporated by reference herein).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 21, 1998, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (as 
successor to The Chase Manhattan Bank (formerly known as Chemical Bank)), as trustee (filed as an Exhibit to the 
Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 File No. 333-62023, and incorporated by reference herein).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated July 26, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (as 
successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Chemical Bank and The Chase Manhattan Bank)), as 
trustee (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3 File No. 333-97199, and incorporated 
by reference herein).

Securities Purchase Agreement, dated January 19, 2009, among the Company, Inmobiliaria Carso, S.A. de C.V. and 
Banco Inbursa S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Inbursa (including forms of notes, warrants 
and  registration rights  agreement)  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated  January  21,  2009,  and 
incorporated by reference herein).

Form of Preemptive Rights Certificate (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated January 21, 2009, and 
incorporated by reference herein).

Form of Preemptive Rights Warrant Agreement between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated January 21, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Indenture, dated as of November 4, 2010, by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, 
as trustee (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated November 4, 2010, and incorporated by reference 
herein).

Form of 6.625% Senior Notes due 2016 (included as an Exhibit to Exhibit 4.7 above).

Agreement of Lease, dated as of December 15, 1993, between The City of New York, as landlord, and the Company, 
as  tenant  (as  successor  to  New  York  City  Economic  Development  Corporation  (the  “EDC”),  pursuant  to  an 
Assignment and Assumption of Lease With Consent, made as of December 15, 1993, between the EDC, as Assignor, 
to the Company, as Assignee) (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated March 21, 1994, and incorporated 
by reference herein).

Funding Agreement #4, dated as of December 15, 1993, between the EDC and the Company (filed as an Exhibit to 
the Company’s Form 10-K dated March 21, 1994, and incorporated by reference herein).

New York City Public Utility Service Power Service Agreement, dated as of May 3, 1993, between The City of New 
York, acting by and through its Public Utility Service, and The New York Times Newspaper Division of the Company 
(filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated March 21, 1994, and incorporated by reference herein).

Letter Agreement,  dated  as  of April  8,  2004,  amending Agreement  of  Lease,  between  the  42nd  St.  Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and The New York Times Building LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q dated November 3, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein).

Agreement of Sublease, dated as of December 12, 2001, between The New York Times Building LLC, as landlord, 
and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 3, 
2006, and incorporated by reference herein).

P. 112 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

Exhibit
Number
(10.6)

(10.7)

(10.8)

(10.9)

(10.10)

(10.11)

(10.12)

(10.13)

(10.14)

(10.15)

(10.16)

(10.17)

(10.18)

(10.19)

(10.20)

(10.21)

(10.22)

(10.23)

(10.24)

(10.25)

(10.26)

Description of Exhibit

First Amendment to Agreement of Sublease, dated as of August 15, 2006, between 42nd St. Development Project, 
Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q 
dated November 3, 2006, and incorporated by reference herein).

Second Amendment to Agreement of Sublease, dated as of January 29, 2007, between 42nd St. Development Project, 
Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated 
February 1, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

Third Amendment  to Agreement  of  Sublease  (NYT),  dated  as  of  March 6,  2009,  between  42nd St.  Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 
8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Fourth Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT), dated as of March 6, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project, Inc.,  as  landlord,  and  620  Eighth  NYT  (NY)  Limited  Partnership,  as  tenant  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the 
Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Fifth Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT), dated as of August 31, 2009, between 42nd St. Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and 620 Eighth NYT (NY) Limited Partnership, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 10-Q dated November 4, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Agreement of Sublease (NYT-2), dated as of March 6, 2009, between 42nd St. Development Project, Inc., as landlord, 
and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, 
and incorporated by reference herein).

First Amendment to Agreement of Sublease (NYT-2), dated as of March 6, 2009, between  42nd St. Development 
Project, Inc., as landlord, and NYT Building Leasing Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s 
Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Agreement of Purchase and Sale, dated as of March 6, 2009, between NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as seller, and 
620 Eighth NYT (NY) Limited Partnership, as buyer (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 
2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Lease Agreement, dated as of March 6, 2009, between 620 Eighth NYT (NY) Limited Partnership, as landlord, and 
NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated March 9, 2009, and 
incorporated by reference herein).

First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of August 31, 2009, 620 Eighth NYT (NY) Limited Partnership, as 
landlord, and NYT Real Estate Company LLC, as tenant (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated 
November 4, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s 2010 Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective April 30, 2014 (filed as an 
exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 30, 2014 and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated through October 11, 2007 (filed as an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s 1991 Executive Cash Bonus Plan, as amended and restated through October 11, 2007 (filed as an 
Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended and restated effective March 1, 2014 (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated May 6, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Deferred Executive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2012 (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated February 23, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s 2004 Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, effective April 13, 2004 (filed as an Exhibit to 
the Company’s Form 10-Q dated May 5, 2004, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Non-Employee Directors Deferral Plan, as amended through October 11, 2007 (filed as an Exhibit 
to the Company’s Form 8-K dated October 12, 2007, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Savings Restoration Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2014 (filed as an Exhibit to the 
Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein).

The Company’s Supplemental Executive Savings Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2013 (filed as 
an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed December 13, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein).

The New York Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan, amended and restated effective 
January 1, 2011 (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 3, 2011, and incorporated by 
reference herein).

Amendment No. 1, effective January 1, 2012, and Amendment No. 2, effective November 1, 2012, to The New York 
Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q 
dated August 8, 2013, and incorporated by reference herein).

THE NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY – P. 113

Exhibit
Number
(10.27)

(10.28)

(10.29)

(10.30)

(10.31)

(10.32)

(12)

(21)

(23.1)

(24)

(31.1)

(31.2)

(32.1)

(32.2)

Description of Exhibit

Amendment No. 3 to The New York Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan, amended 
effective January 1, 2014 (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-K dated February 26, 2014, and incorporated 
by reference herein).

Amendment No. 4 to The New York Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan, amended 
effective  September  2,  2014  (filed  as  an  Exhibit  to  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  dated  November  5,  2014,  and 
incorporated by reference herein).

Amendment No. 5 to The New York Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan, amended 
September 11, 2014 and effective June 26, 2013 (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q dated November 5, 
2014, and incorporated by reference herein).

Amendment No. 6 to The New York Times Companies Supplemental Retirement and Investment Plan, amended 
effective January 1, 2015.

Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, dated as of September 17, 2009, between the Company and Arthur Sulzberger, 
Jr. (filed as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K dated September 18, 2009, and incorporated by reference herein).

Letter Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2012, between the Company and Mark Thompson (filed as an Exhibit to 
the Company’s Form 8-K dated August 17, 2012, and incorporated by reference herein).

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

Subsidiaries of the Company.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

Power of Attorney (included as part of signature page).

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification.

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002.

(101.INS)

XBRL Instance Document.

(101.SCH)

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

(101.CAL)

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

(101.DEF)

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

(101.LAB)

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

(101.PRE)

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

P. 114 – THE  NEW YORK TIMES COMPANY

EXHIBIT 12 

The New York Times Company Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)  

(In thousands, except ratio)

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations
before fixed charges

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income
taxes, noncontrolling interest and income/(loss) from joint
ventures

Distributed earning from less than fifty-percent owned
affiliates

Adjusted pre-tax earnings/(loss) from continuing
operations

Fixed charges less capitalized interest

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before fixed
charges

Fixed charges

Interest expense, net of capitalized
interest(1)

Capitalized interest

Portion of rentals representative of interest factor

Total fixed charges

December 28,
2014

December 29,
2013

December 30,
2012

December 25,
2011

December 26,
2010

$

38,218

$

98,014

$

255,621

$

66,283

$

52,474

3,914

42,132

62,869

1,400

99,414

63,032

9,251

264,872

67,243

3,463

69,746

90,252

8,325

60,799

92,143

105,001

$

162,446

$

332,115

$

159,998

$

152,942

58,914

$

59,588

$

63,218

$

85,693

$

86,291

152

3,955

—

3,444

17

4,025

427

4,559

299

5,852

63,021

$

63,032

$

67,260

$

90,679

$

92,442

$

$

$

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

1.67

2.58

4.94

1.76

1.65

Note: 

The Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 28, 2014.

(1) 

The Company’s policy is to classify interest expense recognized on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. The Company has 
excluded interest expense recognized on uncertain tax positions from the Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

EXHIBIT 21

Our Subsidiaries* 

Name of Subsidiary

The New York Times Company
  IHT LLC
     International Herald Tribune S.A.S.
         IHT Kathimerini S.A. (50%)
         International Business Development (IBD)
         International Herald Tribune (Hong Kong) LTD.
                Beijing Shixun Zhihua Consulting Co. LTD.

             International Herald Tribune (Singapore) Pte LTD.
             International Herald Tribune (Thailand) LTD.
             IHT (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd

         International Herald Tribune B.V.
         International Herald Tribune GMBH
         International Herald Tribune (Zurich) GmbH
         International Herald Tribune Japan GK
         International Herald Tribune Ltd. (U.K.)
         International Herald Tribune U.S. Inc.
        The Herald Tribune - Ha’aretz Partnership (50%)
  London Bureau Limited
  Madison Paper Industries (partnership) (40%)
  New York Times Digital LLC
  Northern SC Paper Corporation (80%)
  NYT Administradora de Bens e Servicos Ltda.
  NYT Building Leasing Company LLC
  NYT Group Services, LLC
  NYT News Bureau (India) Private Limited
  NYT Real Estate Company LLC
     The New York Times Building LLC (58%)
  Rome Bureau S.r.l.
  NYT Capital, LLC
     Donohue Malbaie Inc. (49%)
     Midtown Insurance Company
     NEMG T&G, Inc.
     NYT Shared Service Center, Inc.
        International Media Concepts, Inc.
     The New York Times Distribution Corporation
     The New York Times Sales Company
     The New York Times Syndication Sales Corporation

*   100% owned unless otherwise indicated.

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization
New York
Delaware
France
Greece
France
Hong Kong
People’s Republic of China
Singapore
Thailand
Malaysia
Netherlands
Germany
Switzerland
Japan
United Kingdom
New York
Israel
United Kingdom
Maine
Delaware
Delaware
Brazil
New York
Delaware
India
New York
New York
Italy
Delaware
Canada
New York
Massachusetts
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Massachusetts
Delaware

EXHIBIT 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-43369, No. 333-43371, 
No. 333-37331, No. 333-09447, No. 33-31538, No. 33-43210, No. 33-43211, No. 33-50465, No. 33-50467, No. 33-56219, 
No. 333-49722, No. 333-70280, No. 333-102041, No. 333-114767, No. 333-156475, No. 333-166426 and No. 333-195731 on 
Form S-8, and Registration Statement No. 333-194161 on Form S-3 of The New York Times Company of our reports 
dated February 24, 2015 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of The New York Times 
Company and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of The New York Times Company, 
included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2014. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New York, New York 
February 24, 2015

EXHIBIT 31.1 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

I, Mark Thompson, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal

control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2015 

/s/ MARK THOMPSON

Mark Thompson

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification

I, James M. Follo, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a

material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly

present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s
internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal

control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant

role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 24, 2015

/s/ JAMES M. FOLLO
James M. Follo

Chief Financial Officer

EXHIBIT 32.1 

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company (the “Company”) for the 

fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), I, Mark Thompson, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 

of operations of the Company.

February 24, 2015

/s/ MARK THOMPSON
Mark Thompson

Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT 32.2

Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of The New York Times Company (the “Company”) for the 

fiscal year ended December 28, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the 
“Report”), I, James M. Follo, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, based on my knowledge: 

(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; 

and

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 

of operations of the Company.

February 24, 2015 

/s/ JAMES M. FOLLO
James M. Follo

Chief Financial Officer

 
Board of Directors

Raul E. Cesan
Founder and Managing
Partner
Commercial Worldwide LLC

Robert E. Denham
Partner
Munger, Tolles & Olson LLP

Michael Golden
Vice Chairman
The New York Times
Company

Steven B. Green
General Partner
Ordinance Capital L.P.

Carolyn D. Greenspon
Senior Consultant
Relative Solutions, LLC

Joichi Ito
Director, Media Lab
Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology 

James A. Kohlberg
Co-Founder and Chairman
Kohlberg & Company

David E. Liddle
Partner
U.S. Venture Partners

Ellen R. Marram
President
The Barnegat Group, LLC

Brian P. McAndrews
President, C.E.O. and  
Chairman
Pandora Media, Inc.

Arthur Sulzberger, Jr.
Chairman
The New York Times
Company
Publisher
The New York Times

Mark Thompson
President and C.E.O.
The New York Times  
Company

Doreen A. Toben
Director of various  
public corporations

Shareholder Information Online

investors.nytco.com
Visit our website for Corporate Governance information about the 
Company, including the Code of Ethics for our chairman, C.E.O., vice 
chairman and senior financial officers and our Business Ethics Policy.

Office of the Secretary

(212) 556-5995

Corporate Communications & Investor Relations

(212) 556-4317

Stock Listing

The Company’s Class A Common Stock is listed on the New York
Stock Exchange. Ticker symbol: NYT

Registrar & Transfer Agent

If you are a registered shareholder and have a question about your
account, or would like to report a change in your name or address,
please contact:
Computershare
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77842-3170

Overnight correspondence should be mailed to:
Computershare
211 Quality Circle, Suite 210
College Station, TX 77845

Shareholder Website
www.computershare.com/investor
Shareholder online inquiries
https://www-us.computershare.com/investor/contact
Domestic: (800) 240-0345; TDD Line: (800) 231-5469
Foreign: (201) 680-6578; TDD Line: (201) 680-6610

Career Opportunities

Employment applicants should apply online at jobs.nytco.com. The 
Company is committed to a policy of providing equal employment 
opportunities without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, 
ancestry, gender, age, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, military 
or veteran status or any other characteristic covered by law.

Annual Meeting

Wednesday, May 6, 2015, at 10 a.m.
TheTimesCenter
242 West 41st Street
New York, NY 10018

Auditors

Ernst & Young LLP
5 Times Square
New York, NY 10036

Forward-Looking Statements

Except for the historical information, the matters discussed in this 
Annual Report are forward-looking statements that involve risks 
and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially from 
those predicted by such forward-looking statements. These risks and 
uncertainties include national and local conditions, as well as competition, 
that could influence the levels (rate and volume) of circulation and 
advertising generated by the Company’s various markets and the 
development of the Company’s digital businesses. They also include 
other risks detailed from time to time in the Company’s publicly filed 
documents, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 28, 2014. The Company undertakes no obligation to 
publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether  
as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Copyright 2015 
The New York Times Company
All rights reserved.

620 Eighth Avenue 
New York, NY 10018

tel 212-556-1234